v1beta1

package
v0.32.0 Latest Latest
Warning

This package is not in the latest version of its module.

Go to latest
Published: Nov 29, 2023 License: Apache-2.0 Imports: 9 Imported by: 0

Documentation

Index

Constants

View Source
const (
	// Default value.
	AddressGroupTypeTypeUnspecified = AddressGroupType("TYPE_UNSPECIFIED")
	// IP v4 ranges.
	AddressGroupTypeIpv4 = AddressGroupType("IPV4")
	// IP v6 ranges.
	AddressGroupTypeIpv6 = AddressGroupType("IPV6")
)
View Source
const (
	// Default value.
	AuthorizationPolicyActionActionUnspecified = AuthorizationPolicyAction("ACTION_UNSPECIFIED")
	// Grant access.
	AuthorizationPolicyActionAllow = AuthorizationPolicyAction("ALLOW")
	// Deny access. Deny rules should be avoided unless they are used to provide a default "deny all" fallback.
	AuthorizationPolicyActionDeny = AuthorizationPolicyAction("DENY")
)
View Source
const (
	// Default case. Should never be this.
	GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeLogTypeUnspecified = GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType("LOG_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED")
	// Admin reads. Example: CloudIAM getIamPolicy
	GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeAdminRead = GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType("ADMIN_READ")
	// Data writes. Example: CloudSQL Users create
	GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeDataWrite = GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType("DATA_WRITE")
	// Data reads. Example: CloudSQL Users list
	GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeDataRead = GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType("DATA_READ")
)
View Source
const (
	// Not allowed.
	MTLSPolicyClientValidationModeClientValidationModeUnspecified = MTLSPolicyClientValidationMode("CLIENT_VALIDATION_MODE_UNSPECIFIED")
	// Allow connection even if certificate chain validation of the client certificate failed or no client certificate was presented. The proof of possession of the private key is always checked if client certificate was presented. This mode requires the backend to implement processing of data extracted from a client certificate to authenticate the peer, or to reject connections if the client certificate fingerprint is missing.
	MTLSPolicyClientValidationModeAllowInvalidOrMissingClientCert = MTLSPolicyClientValidationMode("ALLOW_INVALID_OR_MISSING_CLIENT_CERT")
	// Require a client certificate and allow connection to the backend only if validation of the client certificate passed. If set, requires a reference to non-empty TrustConfig specified in `client_validation_trust_config`.
	MTLSPolicyClientValidationModeRejectInvalid = MTLSPolicyClientValidationMode("REJECT_INVALID")
)
View Source
const (
	// Default value.
	OrganizationAddressGroupTypeTypeUnspecified = OrganizationAddressGroupType("TYPE_UNSPECIFIED")
	// IP v4 ranges.
	OrganizationAddressGroupTypeIpv4 = OrganizationAddressGroupType("IPV4")
	// IP v6 ranges.
	OrganizationAddressGroupTypeIpv6 = OrganizationAddressGroupType("IPV6")
)
View Source
const (
	// If there is not a mentioned action for the target.
	RuleBasicProfileBasicProfileUnspecified = RuleBasicProfile("BASIC_PROFILE_UNSPECIFIED")
	// Allow the matched traffic.
	RuleBasicProfileAllow = RuleBasicProfile("ALLOW")
	// Deny the matched traffic.
	RuleBasicProfileDeny = RuleBasicProfile("DENY")
)
View Source
const (
	// Profile type not specified.
	SecurityProfileTypeProfileTypeUnspecified = SecurityProfileType("PROFILE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED")
	// Profile type for threat prevention.
	SecurityProfileTypeThreatPrevention = SecurityProfileType("THREAT_PREVENTION")
)
View Source
const (
	// Threat action not specified.
	SeverityOverrideActionThreatActionUnspecified = SeverityOverrideAction("THREAT_ACTION_UNSPECIFIED")
	// The default action (as specified by the vendor) is taken.
	SeverityOverrideActionDefaultAction = SeverityOverrideAction("DEFAULT_ACTION")
	// The packet matching this rule will be allowed to transmit.
	SeverityOverrideActionAllow = SeverityOverrideAction("ALLOW")
	// The packet matching this rule will be allowed to transmit, but a threat_log entry will be sent to the consumer project.
	SeverityOverrideActionAlert = SeverityOverrideAction("ALERT")
	// The packet matching this rule will be dropped, and a threat_log entry will be sent to the consumer project.
	SeverityOverrideActionDeny = SeverityOverrideAction("DENY")
)
View Source
const (
	// Severity level not specified.
	SeverityOverrideSeveritySeverityUnspecified = SeverityOverrideSeverity("SEVERITY_UNSPECIFIED")
	// Suspicious events that do not pose an immediate threat, but that are reported to call attention to deeper problems that could possibly exist.
	SeverityOverrideSeverityInformational = SeverityOverrideSeverity("INFORMATIONAL")
	// Warning-level threats that have very little impact on an organization's infrastructure. They usually require local or physical system access and may often result in victim privacy issues and information leakage.
	SeverityOverrideSeverityLow = SeverityOverrideSeverity("LOW")
	// Minor threats in which impact is minimized, that do not compromise the target or exploits that require an attacker to reside on the same local network as the victim, affect only non-standard configurations or obscure applications, or provide very limited access.
	SeverityOverrideSeverityMedium = SeverityOverrideSeverity("MEDIUM")
	// Threats that have the ability to become critical but have mitigating factors; for example, they may be difficult to exploit, do not result in elevated privileges, or do not have a large victim pool.
	SeverityOverrideSeverityHigh = SeverityOverrideSeverity("HIGH")
	// Serious threats, such as those that affect default installations of widely deployed software, result in root compromise of servers, and the exploit code is widely available to attackers. The attacker usually does not need any special authentication credentials or knowledge about the individual victims and the target does not need to be manipulated into performing any special functions.
	SeverityOverrideSeverityCritical = SeverityOverrideSeverity("CRITICAL")
)
View Source
const (
	// Threat action not specified.
	ThreatOverrideActionThreatActionUnspecified = ThreatOverrideAction("THREAT_ACTION_UNSPECIFIED")
	// The default action (as specified by the vendor) is taken.
	ThreatOverrideActionDefaultAction = ThreatOverrideAction("DEFAULT_ACTION")
	// The packet matching this rule will be allowed to transmit.
	ThreatOverrideActionAllow = ThreatOverrideAction("ALLOW")
	// The packet matching this rule will be allowed to transmit, but a threat_log entry will be sent to the consumer project.
	ThreatOverrideActionAlert = ThreatOverrideAction("ALERT")
	// The packet matching this rule will be dropped, and a threat_log entry will be sent to the consumer project.
	ThreatOverrideActionDeny = ThreatOverrideAction("DENY")
)
View Source
const (
	// Indicates no TLS version was specified.
	TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionTlsVersionUnspecified = TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersion("TLS_VERSION_UNSPECIFIED")
	// TLS 1.0
	TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionTls10 = TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersion("TLS_1_0")
	// TLS 1.1
	TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionTls11 = TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersion("TLS_1_1")
	// TLS 1.2
	TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionTls12 = TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersion("TLS_1_2")
	// TLS 1.3
	TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionTls13 = TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersion("TLS_1_3")
)
View Source
const (
	// Indicates no profile was specified.
	TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileProfileUnspecified = TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfile("PROFILE_UNSPECIFIED")
	// Compatible profile. Allows the broadest set of clients, even those which support only out-of-date SSL features to negotiate with the TLS inspection proxy.
	TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileProfileCompatible = TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfile("PROFILE_COMPATIBLE")
	// Modern profile. Supports a wide set of SSL features, allowing modern clients to negotiate SSL with the TLS inspection proxy.
	TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileProfileModern = TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfile("PROFILE_MODERN")
	// Restricted profile. Supports a reduced set of SSL features, intended to meet stricter compliance requirements.
	TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileProfileRestricted = TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfile("PROFILE_RESTRICTED")
	// Custom profile. Allow only the set of allowed SSL features specified in the custom_features field of SslPolicy.
	TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileProfileCustom = TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfile("PROFILE_CUSTOM")
)

Variables

This section is empty.

Functions

This section is empty.

Types

type AddressGroup added in v0.29.0

type AddressGroup struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Required. Short name of the AddressGroup resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. "authz_policy".
	AddressGroupId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"addressGroupId"`
	// Capacity of the Address Group
	Capacity pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"capacity"`
	// The timestamp when the resource was created.
	CreateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. Free-text description of the resource.
	Description pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"description"`
	// Optional. List of items.
	Items pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"items"`
	// Optional. Set of label tags associated with the AddressGroup resource.
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapOutput `pulumi:"labels"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput    `pulumi:"location"`
	// Name of the AddressGroup resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/{location}/addressGroups/`.
	Name    pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"requestId"`
	// Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
	SelfLink pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"selfLink"`
	// The type of the Address Group. Possible values are "IPv4" or "IPV6".
	Type pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"type"`
	// The timestamp when the resource was updated.
	UpdateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

Creates a new address group in a given project and location.

func GetAddressGroup added in v0.29.0

func GetAddressGroup(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *AddressGroupState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AddressGroup, error)

GetAddressGroup gets an existing AddressGroup resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewAddressGroup added in v0.29.0

func NewAddressGroup(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *AddressGroupArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AddressGroup, error)

NewAddressGroup registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*AddressGroup) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (*AddressGroup) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*AddressGroup) ToAddressGroupOutput added in v0.29.0

func (i *AddressGroup) ToAddressGroupOutput() AddressGroupOutput

func (*AddressGroup) ToAddressGroupOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (i *AddressGroup) ToAddressGroupOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AddressGroupOutput

type AddressGroupArgs added in v0.29.0

type AddressGroupArgs struct {
	// Required. Short name of the AddressGroup resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. "authz_policy".
	AddressGroupId pulumi.StringInput
	// Capacity of the Address Group
	Capacity pulumi.IntInput
	// Optional. Free-text description of the resource.
	Description pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. List of items.
	Items pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// Optional. Set of label tags associated with the AddressGroup resource.
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapInput
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Name of the AddressGroup resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/{location}/addressGroups/`.
	Name    pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The type of the Address Group. Possible values are "IPv4" or "IPV6".
	Type AddressGroupTypeInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a AddressGroup resource.

func (AddressGroupArgs) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (AddressGroupArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AddressGroupIamBinding added in v0.28.0

type AddressGroupIamBinding struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"members"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetAddressGroupIamBinding added in v0.28.0

func GetAddressGroupIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *AddressGroupIamBindingState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AddressGroupIamBinding, error)

GetAddressGroupIamBinding gets an existing AddressGroupIamBinding resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewAddressGroupIamBinding added in v0.28.0

func NewAddressGroupIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *AddressGroupIamBindingArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AddressGroupIamBinding, error)

NewAddressGroupIamBinding registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*AddressGroupIamBinding) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (*AddressGroupIamBinding) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*AddressGroupIamBinding) ToAddressGroupIamBindingOutput added in v0.28.0

func (i *AddressGroupIamBinding) ToAddressGroupIamBindingOutput() AddressGroupIamBindingOutput

func (*AddressGroupIamBinding) ToAddressGroupIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (i *AddressGroupIamBinding) ToAddressGroupIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AddressGroupIamBindingOutput

type AddressGroupIamBindingArgs added in v0.28.0

type AddressGroupIamBindingArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a AddressGroupIamBinding resource.

func (AddressGroupIamBindingArgs) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (AddressGroupIamBindingArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AddressGroupIamBindingInput added in v0.28.0

type AddressGroupIamBindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAddressGroupIamBindingOutput() AddressGroupIamBindingOutput
	ToAddressGroupIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AddressGroupIamBindingOutput
}

type AddressGroupIamBindingOutput added in v0.28.0

type AddressGroupIamBindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AddressGroupIamBindingOutput) Condition added in v0.28.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (AddressGroupIamBindingOutput) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (AddressGroupIamBindingOutput) Etag added in v0.28.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (AddressGroupIamBindingOutput) Members added in v0.28.0

Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (AddressGroupIamBindingOutput) Name added in v0.28.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (AddressGroupIamBindingOutput) Project added in v0.28.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (AddressGroupIamBindingOutput) Role added in v0.28.0

The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.

func (AddressGroupIamBindingOutput) ToAddressGroupIamBindingOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o AddressGroupIamBindingOutput) ToAddressGroupIamBindingOutput() AddressGroupIamBindingOutput

func (AddressGroupIamBindingOutput) ToAddressGroupIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o AddressGroupIamBindingOutput) ToAddressGroupIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AddressGroupIamBindingOutput

type AddressGroupIamBindingState added in v0.28.0

type AddressGroupIamBindingState struct {
}

func (AddressGroupIamBindingState) ElementType added in v0.28.0

type AddressGroupIamMember added in v0.28.0

type AddressGroupIamMember struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"member"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetAddressGroupIamMember added in v0.28.0

func GetAddressGroupIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *AddressGroupIamMemberState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AddressGroupIamMember, error)

GetAddressGroupIamMember gets an existing AddressGroupIamMember resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewAddressGroupIamMember added in v0.28.0

func NewAddressGroupIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *AddressGroupIamMemberArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AddressGroupIamMember, error)

NewAddressGroupIamMember registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*AddressGroupIamMember) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (*AddressGroupIamMember) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*AddressGroupIamMember) ToAddressGroupIamMemberOutput added in v0.28.0

func (i *AddressGroupIamMember) ToAddressGroupIamMemberOutput() AddressGroupIamMemberOutput

func (*AddressGroupIamMember) ToAddressGroupIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (i *AddressGroupIamMember) ToAddressGroupIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AddressGroupIamMemberOutput

type AddressGroupIamMemberArgs added in v0.28.0

type AddressGroupIamMemberArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a AddressGroupIamMember resource.

func (AddressGroupIamMemberArgs) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (AddressGroupIamMemberArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AddressGroupIamMemberInput added in v0.28.0

type AddressGroupIamMemberInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAddressGroupIamMemberOutput() AddressGroupIamMemberOutput
	ToAddressGroupIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AddressGroupIamMemberOutput
}

type AddressGroupIamMemberOutput added in v0.28.0

type AddressGroupIamMemberOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AddressGroupIamMemberOutput) Condition added in v0.28.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (AddressGroupIamMemberOutput) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (AddressGroupIamMemberOutput) Etag added in v0.28.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (AddressGroupIamMemberOutput) Member added in v0.28.0

Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (AddressGroupIamMemberOutput) Name added in v0.28.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (AddressGroupIamMemberOutput) Project added in v0.28.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (AddressGroupIamMemberOutput) Role added in v0.28.0

The role that should be applied.

func (AddressGroupIamMemberOutput) ToAddressGroupIamMemberOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o AddressGroupIamMemberOutput) ToAddressGroupIamMemberOutput() AddressGroupIamMemberOutput

func (AddressGroupIamMemberOutput) ToAddressGroupIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o AddressGroupIamMemberOutput) ToAddressGroupIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AddressGroupIamMemberOutput

type AddressGroupIamMemberState added in v0.28.0

type AddressGroupIamMemberState struct {
}

func (AddressGroupIamMemberState) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (AddressGroupIamMemberState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AddressGroupIamPolicy added in v0.28.0

type AddressGroupIamPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	AddressGroupId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"addressGroupId"`
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag     pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"location"`
	Project  pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"version"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. Note - this resource's API doesn't support deletion. When deleted, the resource will persist on Google Cloud even though it will be deleted from Pulumi state.

func GetAddressGroupIamPolicy added in v0.28.0

func GetAddressGroupIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *AddressGroupIamPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AddressGroupIamPolicy, error)

GetAddressGroupIamPolicy gets an existing AddressGroupIamPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewAddressGroupIamPolicy added in v0.28.0

func NewAddressGroupIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *AddressGroupIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AddressGroupIamPolicy, error)

NewAddressGroupIamPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*AddressGroupIamPolicy) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (*AddressGroupIamPolicy) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*AddressGroupIamPolicy) ToAddressGroupIamPolicyOutput added in v0.28.0

func (i *AddressGroupIamPolicy) ToAddressGroupIamPolicyOutput() AddressGroupIamPolicyOutput

func (*AddressGroupIamPolicy) ToAddressGroupIamPolicyOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (i *AddressGroupIamPolicy) ToAddressGroupIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AddressGroupIamPolicyOutput

type AddressGroupIamPolicyArgs added in v0.28.0

type AddressGroupIamPolicyArgs struct {
	AddressGroupId pulumi.StringInput
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayInput
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings GoogleIamV1BindingArrayInput
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag     pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project  pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
	UpdateMask pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a AddressGroupIamPolicy resource.

func (AddressGroupIamPolicyArgs) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (AddressGroupIamPolicyArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AddressGroupIamPolicyInput added in v0.28.0

type AddressGroupIamPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAddressGroupIamPolicyOutput() AddressGroupIamPolicyOutput
	ToAddressGroupIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AddressGroupIamPolicyOutput
}

type AddressGroupIamPolicyOutput added in v0.28.0

type AddressGroupIamPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AddressGroupIamPolicyOutput) AddressGroupId added in v0.28.0

func (o AddressGroupIamPolicyOutput) AddressGroupId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (AddressGroupIamPolicyOutput) AuditConfigs added in v0.28.0

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (AddressGroupIamPolicyOutput) Bindings added in v0.28.0

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (AddressGroupIamPolicyOutput) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (AddressGroupIamPolicyOutput) Etag added in v0.28.0

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (AddressGroupIamPolicyOutput) Location added in v0.28.0

func (AddressGroupIamPolicyOutput) Project added in v0.28.0

func (AddressGroupIamPolicyOutput) ToAddressGroupIamPolicyOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o AddressGroupIamPolicyOutput) ToAddressGroupIamPolicyOutput() AddressGroupIamPolicyOutput

func (AddressGroupIamPolicyOutput) ToAddressGroupIamPolicyOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o AddressGroupIamPolicyOutput) ToAddressGroupIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AddressGroupIamPolicyOutput

func (AddressGroupIamPolicyOutput) Version added in v0.28.0

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type AddressGroupIamPolicyState added in v0.28.0

type AddressGroupIamPolicyState struct {
}

func (AddressGroupIamPolicyState) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (AddressGroupIamPolicyState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AddressGroupInput added in v0.29.0

type AddressGroupInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAddressGroupOutput() AddressGroupOutput
	ToAddressGroupOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AddressGroupOutput
}

type AddressGroupOutput added in v0.29.0

type AddressGroupOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AddressGroupOutput) AddressGroupId added in v0.29.0

func (o AddressGroupOutput) AddressGroupId() pulumi.StringOutput

Required. Short name of the AddressGroup resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. "authz_policy".

func (AddressGroupOutput) Capacity added in v0.29.0

func (o AddressGroupOutput) Capacity() pulumi.IntOutput

Capacity of the Address Group

func (AddressGroupOutput) CreateTime added in v0.29.0

func (o AddressGroupOutput) CreateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

The timestamp when the resource was created.

func (AddressGroupOutput) Description added in v0.29.0

func (o AddressGroupOutput) Description() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. Free-text description of the resource.

func (AddressGroupOutput) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (AddressGroupOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AddressGroupOutput) Items added in v0.29.0

Optional. List of items.

func (AddressGroupOutput) Labels added in v0.29.0

Optional. Set of label tags associated with the AddressGroup resource.

func (AddressGroupOutput) Location added in v0.29.0

func (o AddressGroupOutput) Location() pulumi.StringOutput

func (AddressGroupOutput) Name added in v0.29.0

Name of the AddressGroup resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/{location}/addressGroups/`.

func (AddressGroupOutput) Project added in v0.29.0

func (AddressGroupOutput) RequestId added in v0.29.0

Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).

func (o AddressGroupOutput) SelfLink() pulumi.StringOutput

Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.

func (AddressGroupOutput) ToAddressGroupOutput added in v0.29.0

func (o AddressGroupOutput) ToAddressGroupOutput() AddressGroupOutput

func (AddressGroupOutput) ToAddressGroupOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (o AddressGroupOutput) ToAddressGroupOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AddressGroupOutput

func (AddressGroupOutput) Type added in v0.29.0

The type of the Address Group. Possible values are "IPv4" or "IPV6".

func (AddressGroupOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.29.0

func (o AddressGroupOutput) UpdateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

The timestamp when the resource was updated.

type AddressGroupState added in v0.29.0

type AddressGroupState struct {
}

func (AddressGroupState) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (AddressGroupState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AddressGroupType added in v0.29.0

type AddressGroupType string

Required. The type of the Address Group. Possible values are "IPv4" or "IPV6".

func (AddressGroupType) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (AddressGroupType) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AddressGroupType) ToAddressGroupTypeOutput added in v0.29.0

func (e AddressGroupType) ToAddressGroupTypeOutput() AddressGroupTypeOutput

func (AddressGroupType) ToAddressGroupTypeOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (e AddressGroupType) ToAddressGroupTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AddressGroupTypeOutput

func (AddressGroupType) ToAddressGroupTypePtrOutput added in v0.29.0

func (e AddressGroupType) ToAddressGroupTypePtrOutput() AddressGroupTypePtrOutput

func (AddressGroupType) ToAddressGroupTypePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (e AddressGroupType) ToAddressGroupTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AddressGroupTypePtrOutput

func (AddressGroupType) ToStringOutput added in v0.29.0

func (e AddressGroupType) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (AddressGroupType) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (e AddressGroupType) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (AddressGroupType) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.29.0

func (e AddressGroupType) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (AddressGroupType) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (e AddressGroupType) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type AddressGroupTypeInput added in v0.29.0

type AddressGroupTypeInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAddressGroupTypeOutput() AddressGroupTypeOutput
	ToAddressGroupTypeOutputWithContext(context.Context) AddressGroupTypeOutput
}

AddressGroupTypeInput is an input type that accepts AddressGroupTypeArgs and AddressGroupTypeOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `AddressGroupTypeInput` via:

AddressGroupTypeArgs{...}

type AddressGroupTypeOutput added in v0.29.0

type AddressGroupTypeOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AddressGroupTypeOutput) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (AddressGroupTypeOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AddressGroupTypeOutput) ToAddressGroupTypeOutput added in v0.29.0

func (o AddressGroupTypeOutput) ToAddressGroupTypeOutput() AddressGroupTypeOutput

func (AddressGroupTypeOutput) ToAddressGroupTypeOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (o AddressGroupTypeOutput) ToAddressGroupTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AddressGroupTypeOutput

func (AddressGroupTypeOutput) ToAddressGroupTypePtrOutput added in v0.29.0

func (o AddressGroupTypeOutput) ToAddressGroupTypePtrOutput() AddressGroupTypePtrOutput

func (AddressGroupTypeOutput) ToAddressGroupTypePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (o AddressGroupTypeOutput) ToAddressGroupTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AddressGroupTypePtrOutput

func (AddressGroupTypeOutput) ToStringOutput added in v0.29.0

func (o AddressGroupTypeOutput) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (AddressGroupTypeOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (o AddressGroupTypeOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (AddressGroupTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.29.0

func (o AddressGroupTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (AddressGroupTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (o AddressGroupTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type AddressGroupTypePtrInput added in v0.29.0

type AddressGroupTypePtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAddressGroupTypePtrOutput() AddressGroupTypePtrOutput
	ToAddressGroupTypePtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) AddressGroupTypePtrOutput
}

func AddressGroupTypePtr added in v0.29.0

func AddressGroupTypePtr(v string) AddressGroupTypePtrInput

type AddressGroupTypePtrOutput added in v0.29.0

type AddressGroupTypePtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AddressGroupTypePtrOutput) Elem added in v0.29.0

func (AddressGroupTypePtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (AddressGroupTypePtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AddressGroupTypePtrOutput) ToAddressGroupTypePtrOutput added in v0.29.0

func (o AddressGroupTypePtrOutput) ToAddressGroupTypePtrOutput() AddressGroupTypePtrOutput

func (AddressGroupTypePtrOutput) ToAddressGroupTypePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (o AddressGroupTypePtrOutput) ToAddressGroupTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AddressGroupTypePtrOutput

func (AddressGroupTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.29.0

func (o AddressGroupTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (AddressGroupTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (o AddressGroupTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type AuthorizationPolicy

type AuthorizationPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// The action to take when a rule match is found. Possible values are "ALLOW" or "DENY".
	Action pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"action"`
	// Required. Short name of the AuthorizationPolicy resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. "authz_policy".
	AuthorizationPolicyId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"authorizationPolicyId"`
	// The timestamp when the resource was created.
	CreateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. Free-text description of the resource.
	Description pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"description"`
	// Optional. Set of label tags associated with the AuthorizationPolicy resource.
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapOutput `pulumi:"labels"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput    `pulumi:"location"`
	// Name of the AuthorizationPolicy resource. It matches pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authorizationPolicies/`.
	Name    pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Optional. List of rules to match. Note that at least one of the rules must match in order for the action specified in the 'action' field to be taken. A rule is a match if there is a matching source and destination. If left blank, the action specified in the `action` field will be applied on every request.
	Rules RuleResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"rules"`
	// The timestamp when the resource was updated.
	UpdateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

Creates a new AuthorizationPolicy in a given project and location.

func GetAuthorizationPolicy

func GetAuthorizationPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *AuthorizationPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AuthorizationPolicy, error)

GetAuthorizationPolicy gets an existing AuthorizationPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewAuthorizationPolicy

func NewAuthorizationPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *AuthorizationPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AuthorizationPolicy, error)

NewAuthorizationPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*AuthorizationPolicy) ElementType

func (*AuthorizationPolicy) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*AuthorizationPolicy) ToAuthorizationPolicyOutput

func (i *AuthorizationPolicy) ToAuthorizationPolicyOutput() AuthorizationPolicyOutput

func (*AuthorizationPolicy) ToAuthorizationPolicyOutputWithContext

func (i *AuthorizationPolicy) ToAuthorizationPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AuthorizationPolicyOutput

type AuthorizationPolicyAction

type AuthorizationPolicyAction string

Required. The action to take when a rule match is found. Possible values are "ALLOW" or "DENY".

func (AuthorizationPolicyAction) ElementType

func (AuthorizationPolicyAction) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AuthorizationPolicyAction) ToAuthorizationPolicyActionOutput added in v0.6.0

func (e AuthorizationPolicyAction) ToAuthorizationPolicyActionOutput() AuthorizationPolicyActionOutput

func (AuthorizationPolicyAction) ToAuthorizationPolicyActionOutputWithContext added in v0.6.0

func (e AuthorizationPolicyAction) ToAuthorizationPolicyActionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AuthorizationPolicyActionOutput

func (AuthorizationPolicyAction) ToAuthorizationPolicyActionPtrOutput added in v0.6.0

func (e AuthorizationPolicyAction) ToAuthorizationPolicyActionPtrOutput() AuthorizationPolicyActionPtrOutput

func (AuthorizationPolicyAction) ToAuthorizationPolicyActionPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.6.0

func (e AuthorizationPolicyAction) ToAuthorizationPolicyActionPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AuthorizationPolicyActionPtrOutput

func (AuthorizationPolicyAction) ToStringOutput

func (e AuthorizationPolicyAction) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (AuthorizationPolicyAction) ToStringOutputWithContext

func (e AuthorizationPolicyAction) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (AuthorizationPolicyAction) ToStringPtrOutput

func (e AuthorizationPolicyAction) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (AuthorizationPolicyAction) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext

func (e AuthorizationPolicyAction) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type AuthorizationPolicyActionInput added in v0.6.0

type AuthorizationPolicyActionInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAuthorizationPolicyActionOutput() AuthorizationPolicyActionOutput
	ToAuthorizationPolicyActionOutputWithContext(context.Context) AuthorizationPolicyActionOutput
}

AuthorizationPolicyActionInput is an input type that accepts AuthorizationPolicyActionArgs and AuthorizationPolicyActionOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `AuthorizationPolicyActionInput` via:

AuthorizationPolicyActionArgs{...}

type AuthorizationPolicyActionOutput added in v0.6.0

type AuthorizationPolicyActionOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AuthorizationPolicyActionOutput) ElementType added in v0.6.0

func (AuthorizationPolicyActionOutput) ToAuthorizationPolicyActionOutput added in v0.6.0

func (o AuthorizationPolicyActionOutput) ToAuthorizationPolicyActionOutput() AuthorizationPolicyActionOutput

func (AuthorizationPolicyActionOutput) ToAuthorizationPolicyActionOutputWithContext added in v0.6.0

func (o AuthorizationPolicyActionOutput) ToAuthorizationPolicyActionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AuthorizationPolicyActionOutput

func (AuthorizationPolicyActionOutput) ToAuthorizationPolicyActionPtrOutput added in v0.6.0

func (o AuthorizationPolicyActionOutput) ToAuthorizationPolicyActionPtrOutput() AuthorizationPolicyActionPtrOutput

func (AuthorizationPolicyActionOutput) ToAuthorizationPolicyActionPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.6.0

func (o AuthorizationPolicyActionOutput) ToAuthorizationPolicyActionPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AuthorizationPolicyActionPtrOutput

func (AuthorizationPolicyActionOutput) ToStringOutput added in v0.6.0

func (AuthorizationPolicyActionOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.6.0

func (o AuthorizationPolicyActionOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (AuthorizationPolicyActionOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.6.0

func (AuthorizationPolicyActionOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.6.0

func (o AuthorizationPolicyActionOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type AuthorizationPolicyActionPtrInput added in v0.6.0

type AuthorizationPolicyActionPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAuthorizationPolicyActionPtrOutput() AuthorizationPolicyActionPtrOutput
	ToAuthorizationPolicyActionPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) AuthorizationPolicyActionPtrOutput
}

func AuthorizationPolicyActionPtr added in v0.6.0

func AuthorizationPolicyActionPtr(v string) AuthorizationPolicyActionPtrInput

type AuthorizationPolicyActionPtrOutput added in v0.6.0

type AuthorizationPolicyActionPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AuthorizationPolicyActionPtrOutput) Elem added in v0.6.0

func (AuthorizationPolicyActionPtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.6.0

func (AuthorizationPolicyActionPtrOutput) ToAuthorizationPolicyActionPtrOutput added in v0.6.0

func (o AuthorizationPolicyActionPtrOutput) ToAuthorizationPolicyActionPtrOutput() AuthorizationPolicyActionPtrOutput

func (AuthorizationPolicyActionPtrOutput) ToAuthorizationPolicyActionPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.6.0

func (o AuthorizationPolicyActionPtrOutput) ToAuthorizationPolicyActionPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AuthorizationPolicyActionPtrOutput

func (AuthorizationPolicyActionPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.6.0

func (AuthorizationPolicyActionPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.6.0

func (o AuthorizationPolicyActionPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type AuthorizationPolicyArgs

type AuthorizationPolicyArgs struct {
	// The action to take when a rule match is found. Possible values are "ALLOW" or "DENY".
	Action AuthorizationPolicyActionInput
	// Required. Short name of the AuthorizationPolicy resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. "authz_policy".
	AuthorizationPolicyId pulumi.StringInput
	// Optional. Free-text description of the resource.
	Description pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. Set of label tags associated with the AuthorizationPolicy resource.
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapInput
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Name of the AuthorizationPolicy resource. It matches pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authorizationPolicies/`.
	Name    pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. List of rules to match. Note that at least one of the rules must match in order for the action specified in the 'action' field to be taken. A rule is a match if there is a matching source and destination. If left blank, the action specified in the `action` field will be applied on every request.
	Rules RuleTypeArrayInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a AuthorizationPolicy resource.

func (AuthorizationPolicyArgs) ElementType

func (AuthorizationPolicyArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AuthorizationPolicyIamBinding added in v0.26.0

type AuthorizationPolicyIamBinding struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"members"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetAuthorizationPolicyIamBinding added in v0.26.0

func GetAuthorizationPolicyIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *AuthorizationPolicyIamBindingState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AuthorizationPolicyIamBinding, error)

GetAuthorizationPolicyIamBinding gets an existing AuthorizationPolicyIamBinding resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewAuthorizationPolicyIamBinding added in v0.26.0

func NewAuthorizationPolicyIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *AuthorizationPolicyIamBindingArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AuthorizationPolicyIamBinding, error)

NewAuthorizationPolicyIamBinding registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*AuthorizationPolicyIamBinding) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (*AuthorizationPolicyIamBinding) ToAuthorizationPolicyIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

func (i *AuthorizationPolicyIamBinding) ToAuthorizationPolicyIamBindingOutput() AuthorizationPolicyIamBindingOutput

func (*AuthorizationPolicyIamBinding) ToAuthorizationPolicyIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (i *AuthorizationPolicyIamBinding) ToAuthorizationPolicyIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AuthorizationPolicyIamBindingOutput

type AuthorizationPolicyIamBindingArgs added in v0.26.0

type AuthorizationPolicyIamBindingArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a AuthorizationPolicyIamBinding resource.

func (AuthorizationPolicyIamBindingArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0

type AuthorizationPolicyIamBindingInput added in v0.26.0

type AuthorizationPolicyIamBindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAuthorizationPolicyIamBindingOutput() AuthorizationPolicyIamBindingOutput
	ToAuthorizationPolicyIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AuthorizationPolicyIamBindingOutput
}

type AuthorizationPolicyIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

type AuthorizationPolicyIamBindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AuthorizationPolicyIamBindingOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (AuthorizationPolicyIamBindingOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (AuthorizationPolicyIamBindingOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (AuthorizationPolicyIamBindingOutput) Members added in v0.26.0

Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (AuthorizationPolicyIamBindingOutput) Name added in v0.26.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (AuthorizationPolicyIamBindingOutput) Project added in v0.26.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (AuthorizationPolicyIamBindingOutput) Role added in v0.26.0

The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.

func (AuthorizationPolicyIamBindingOutput) ToAuthorizationPolicyIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

func (o AuthorizationPolicyIamBindingOutput) ToAuthorizationPolicyIamBindingOutput() AuthorizationPolicyIamBindingOutput

func (AuthorizationPolicyIamBindingOutput) ToAuthorizationPolicyIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (o AuthorizationPolicyIamBindingOutput) ToAuthorizationPolicyIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AuthorizationPolicyIamBindingOutput

type AuthorizationPolicyIamBindingState added in v0.26.0

type AuthorizationPolicyIamBindingState struct {
}

func (AuthorizationPolicyIamBindingState) ElementType added in v0.26.0

type AuthorizationPolicyIamMember added in v0.26.0

type AuthorizationPolicyIamMember struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"member"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetAuthorizationPolicyIamMember added in v0.26.0

func GetAuthorizationPolicyIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *AuthorizationPolicyIamMemberState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AuthorizationPolicyIamMember, error)

GetAuthorizationPolicyIamMember gets an existing AuthorizationPolicyIamMember resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewAuthorizationPolicyIamMember added in v0.26.0

func NewAuthorizationPolicyIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *AuthorizationPolicyIamMemberArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AuthorizationPolicyIamMember, error)

NewAuthorizationPolicyIamMember registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*AuthorizationPolicyIamMember) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (*AuthorizationPolicyIamMember) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*AuthorizationPolicyIamMember) ToAuthorizationPolicyIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

func (i *AuthorizationPolicyIamMember) ToAuthorizationPolicyIamMemberOutput() AuthorizationPolicyIamMemberOutput

func (*AuthorizationPolicyIamMember) ToAuthorizationPolicyIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (i *AuthorizationPolicyIamMember) ToAuthorizationPolicyIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AuthorizationPolicyIamMemberOutput

type AuthorizationPolicyIamMemberArgs added in v0.26.0

type AuthorizationPolicyIamMemberArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a AuthorizationPolicyIamMember resource.

func (AuthorizationPolicyIamMemberArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0

type AuthorizationPolicyIamMemberInput added in v0.26.0

type AuthorizationPolicyIamMemberInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAuthorizationPolicyIamMemberOutput() AuthorizationPolicyIamMemberOutput
	ToAuthorizationPolicyIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AuthorizationPolicyIamMemberOutput
}

type AuthorizationPolicyIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

type AuthorizationPolicyIamMemberOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AuthorizationPolicyIamMemberOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (AuthorizationPolicyIamMemberOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (AuthorizationPolicyIamMemberOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (AuthorizationPolicyIamMemberOutput) Member added in v0.26.0

Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (AuthorizationPolicyIamMemberOutput) Name added in v0.26.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (AuthorizationPolicyIamMemberOutput) Project added in v0.26.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (AuthorizationPolicyIamMemberOutput) Role added in v0.26.0

The role that should be applied.

func (AuthorizationPolicyIamMemberOutput) ToAuthorizationPolicyIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

func (o AuthorizationPolicyIamMemberOutput) ToAuthorizationPolicyIamMemberOutput() AuthorizationPolicyIamMemberOutput

func (AuthorizationPolicyIamMemberOutput) ToAuthorizationPolicyIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (o AuthorizationPolicyIamMemberOutput) ToAuthorizationPolicyIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AuthorizationPolicyIamMemberOutput

type AuthorizationPolicyIamMemberState added in v0.26.0

type AuthorizationPolicyIamMemberState struct {
}

func (AuthorizationPolicyIamMemberState) ElementType added in v0.26.0

type AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicy

type AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs          GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	AuthorizationPolicyId pulumi.StringOutput                       `pulumi:"authorizationPolicyId"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag     pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"location"`
	Project  pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"version"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. Note - this resource's API doesn't support deletion. When deleted, the resource will persist on Google Cloud even though it will be deleted from Pulumi state.

func GetAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicy

func GetAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicy, error)

GetAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicy gets an existing AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicy

func NewAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicy, error)

NewAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicy) ElementType

func (*AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicy) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicy) ToAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyOutput

func (i *AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicy) ToAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyOutput() AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyOutput

func (*AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicy) ToAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyOutputWithContext

func (i *AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicy) ToAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyOutput

type AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyArgs

type AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyArgs struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs          GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayInput
	AuthorizationPolicyId pulumi.StringInput
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings GoogleIamV1BindingArrayInput
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag     pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project  pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
	UpdateMask pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicy resource.

func (AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyArgs) ElementType

type AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyInput

type AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyOutput() AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyOutput
	ToAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyOutput
}

type AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyOutput

type AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyOutput) AuditConfigs added in v0.19.0

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyOutput) AuthorizationPolicyId added in v0.21.0

func (o AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyOutput) AuthorizationPolicyId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyOutput) Bindings added in v0.19.0

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyOutput) ElementType

func (AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyOutput) Etag added in v0.19.0

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyOutput) Location added in v0.21.0

func (AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyOutput) Project added in v0.21.0

func (AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyOutput) ToAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyOutput

func (o AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyOutput) ToAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyOutput() AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyOutput

func (AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyOutput) ToAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyOutputWithContext

func (o AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyOutput) ToAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyOutput

func (AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyOutput) Version added in v0.19.0

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyState

type AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyState struct {
}

func (AuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyState) ElementType

type AuthorizationPolicyInput

type AuthorizationPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAuthorizationPolicyOutput() AuthorizationPolicyOutput
	ToAuthorizationPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AuthorizationPolicyOutput
}

type AuthorizationPolicyOutput

type AuthorizationPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AuthorizationPolicyOutput) Action added in v0.19.0

The action to take when a rule match is found. Possible values are "ALLOW" or "DENY".

func (AuthorizationPolicyOutput) AuthorizationPolicyId added in v0.21.0

func (o AuthorizationPolicyOutput) AuthorizationPolicyId() pulumi.StringOutput

Required. Short name of the AuthorizationPolicy resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. "authz_policy".

func (AuthorizationPolicyOutput) CreateTime added in v0.19.0

The timestamp when the resource was created.

func (AuthorizationPolicyOutput) Description added in v0.19.0

Optional. Free-text description of the resource.

func (AuthorizationPolicyOutput) ElementType

func (AuthorizationPolicyOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AuthorizationPolicyOutput) Labels added in v0.19.0

Optional. Set of label tags associated with the AuthorizationPolicy resource.

func (AuthorizationPolicyOutput) Location added in v0.21.0

func (AuthorizationPolicyOutput) Name added in v0.19.0

Name of the AuthorizationPolicy resource. It matches pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authorizationPolicies/`.

func (AuthorizationPolicyOutput) Project added in v0.21.0

func (AuthorizationPolicyOutput) Rules added in v0.19.0

Optional. List of rules to match. Note that at least one of the rules must match in order for the action specified in the 'action' field to be taken. A rule is a match if there is a matching source and destination. If left blank, the action specified in the `action` field will be applied on every request.

func (AuthorizationPolicyOutput) ToAuthorizationPolicyOutput

func (o AuthorizationPolicyOutput) ToAuthorizationPolicyOutput() AuthorizationPolicyOutput

func (AuthorizationPolicyOutput) ToAuthorizationPolicyOutputWithContext

func (o AuthorizationPolicyOutput) ToAuthorizationPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AuthorizationPolicyOutput

func (AuthorizationPolicyOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.19.0

The timestamp when the resource was updated.

type AuthorizationPolicyState

type AuthorizationPolicyState struct {
}

func (AuthorizationPolicyState) ElementType

func (AuthorizationPolicyState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type CertificateProviderInstance

type CertificateProviderInstance struct {
	// Plugin instance name, used to locate and load CertificateProvider instance configuration. Set to "google_cloud_private_spiffe" to use Certificate Authority Service certificate provider instance.
	PluginInstance string `pulumi:"pluginInstance"`
}

Specification of a TLS certificate provider instance. Workloads may have one or more CertificateProvider instances (plugins) and one of them is enabled and configured by specifying this message. Workloads use the values from this message to locate and load the CertificateProvider instance configuration.

type CertificateProviderInstanceArgs

type CertificateProviderInstanceArgs struct {
	// Plugin instance name, used to locate and load CertificateProvider instance configuration. Set to "google_cloud_private_spiffe" to use Certificate Authority Service certificate provider instance.
	PluginInstance pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"pluginInstance"`
}

Specification of a TLS certificate provider instance. Workloads may have one or more CertificateProvider instances (plugins) and one of them is enabled and configured by specifying this message. Workloads use the values from this message to locate and load the CertificateProvider instance configuration.

func (CertificateProviderInstanceArgs) ElementType

func (CertificateProviderInstanceArgs) ToCertificateProviderInstanceOutput

func (i CertificateProviderInstanceArgs) ToCertificateProviderInstanceOutput() CertificateProviderInstanceOutput

func (CertificateProviderInstanceArgs) ToCertificateProviderInstanceOutputWithContext

func (i CertificateProviderInstanceArgs) ToCertificateProviderInstanceOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) CertificateProviderInstanceOutput

func (CertificateProviderInstanceArgs) ToCertificateProviderInstancePtrOutput

func (i CertificateProviderInstanceArgs) ToCertificateProviderInstancePtrOutput() CertificateProviderInstancePtrOutput

func (CertificateProviderInstanceArgs) ToCertificateProviderInstancePtrOutputWithContext

func (i CertificateProviderInstanceArgs) ToCertificateProviderInstancePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) CertificateProviderInstancePtrOutput

type CertificateProviderInstanceInput

type CertificateProviderInstanceInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToCertificateProviderInstanceOutput() CertificateProviderInstanceOutput
	ToCertificateProviderInstanceOutputWithContext(context.Context) CertificateProviderInstanceOutput
}

CertificateProviderInstanceInput is an input type that accepts CertificateProviderInstanceArgs and CertificateProviderInstanceOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `CertificateProviderInstanceInput` via:

CertificateProviderInstanceArgs{...}

type CertificateProviderInstanceOutput

type CertificateProviderInstanceOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Specification of a TLS certificate provider instance. Workloads may have one or more CertificateProvider instances (plugins) and one of them is enabled and configured by specifying this message. Workloads use the values from this message to locate and load the CertificateProvider instance configuration.

func (CertificateProviderInstanceOutput) ElementType

func (CertificateProviderInstanceOutput) PluginInstance

Plugin instance name, used to locate and load CertificateProvider instance configuration. Set to "google_cloud_private_spiffe" to use Certificate Authority Service certificate provider instance.

func (CertificateProviderInstanceOutput) ToCertificateProviderInstanceOutput

func (o CertificateProviderInstanceOutput) ToCertificateProviderInstanceOutput() CertificateProviderInstanceOutput

func (CertificateProviderInstanceOutput) ToCertificateProviderInstanceOutputWithContext

func (o CertificateProviderInstanceOutput) ToCertificateProviderInstanceOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) CertificateProviderInstanceOutput

func (CertificateProviderInstanceOutput) ToCertificateProviderInstancePtrOutput

func (o CertificateProviderInstanceOutput) ToCertificateProviderInstancePtrOutput() CertificateProviderInstancePtrOutput

func (CertificateProviderInstanceOutput) ToCertificateProviderInstancePtrOutputWithContext

func (o CertificateProviderInstanceOutput) ToCertificateProviderInstancePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) CertificateProviderInstancePtrOutput

type CertificateProviderInstancePtrInput

type CertificateProviderInstancePtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToCertificateProviderInstancePtrOutput() CertificateProviderInstancePtrOutput
	ToCertificateProviderInstancePtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) CertificateProviderInstancePtrOutput
}

CertificateProviderInstancePtrInput is an input type that accepts CertificateProviderInstanceArgs, CertificateProviderInstancePtr and CertificateProviderInstancePtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `CertificateProviderInstancePtrInput` via:

        CertificateProviderInstanceArgs{...}

or:

        nil

type CertificateProviderInstancePtrOutput

type CertificateProviderInstancePtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (CertificateProviderInstancePtrOutput) Elem

func (CertificateProviderInstancePtrOutput) ElementType

func (CertificateProviderInstancePtrOutput) PluginInstance

Plugin instance name, used to locate and load CertificateProvider instance configuration. Set to "google_cloud_private_spiffe" to use Certificate Authority Service certificate provider instance.

func (CertificateProviderInstancePtrOutput) ToCertificateProviderInstancePtrOutput

func (o CertificateProviderInstancePtrOutput) ToCertificateProviderInstancePtrOutput() CertificateProviderInstancePtrOutput

func (CertificateProviderInstancePtrOutput) ToCertificateProviderInstancePtrOutputWithContext

func (o CertificateProviderInstancePtrOutput) ToCertificateProviderInstancePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) CertificateProviderInstancePtrOutput

type CertificateProviderInstanceResponse

type CertificateProviderInstanceResponse struct {
	// Plugin instance name, used to locate and load CertificateProvider instance configuration. Set to "google_cloud_private_spiffe" to use Certificate Authority Service certificate provider instance.
	PluginInstance string `pulumi:"pluginInstance"`
}

Specification of a TLS certificate provider instance. Workloads may have one or more CertificateProvider instances (plugins) and one of them is enabled and configured by specifying this message. Workloads use the values from this message to locate and load the CertificateProvider instance configuration.

type CertificateProviderInstanceResponseOutput

type CertificateProviderInstanceResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Specification of a TLS certificate provider instance. Workloads may have one or more CertificateProvider instances (plugins) and one of them is enabled and configured by specifying this message. Workloads use the values from this message to locate and load the CertificateProvider instance configuration.

func (CertificateProviderInstanceResponseOutput) ElementType

func (CertificateProviderInstanceResponseOutput) PluginInstance

Plugin instance name, used to locate and load CertificateProvider instance configuration. Set to "google_cloud_private_spiffe" to use Certificate Authority Service certificate provider instance.

func (CertificateProviderInstanceResponseOutput) ToCertificateProviderInstanceResponseOutput

func (o CertificateProviderInstanceResponseOutput) ToCertificateProviderInstanceResponseOutput() CertificateProviderInstanceResponseOutput

func (CertificateProviderInstanceResponseOutput) ToCertificateProviderInstanceResponseOutputWithContext

func (o CertificateProviderInstanceResponseOutput) ToCertificateProviderInstanceResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) CertificateProviderInstanceResponseOutput

type ClientTlsPolicy

type ClientTlsPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Optional. Defines a mechanism to provision client identity (public and private keys) for peer to peer authentication. The presence of this dictates mTLS.
	ClientCertificate GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderResponseOutput `pulumi:"clientCertificate"`
	// Required. Short name of the ClientTlsPolicy resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. "client_mtls_policy".
	ClientTlsPolicyId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"clientTlsPolicyId"`
	// The timestamp when the resource was created.
	CreateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. Free-text description of the resource.
	Description pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"description"`
	// Optional. Set of label tags associated with the resource.
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapOutput `pulumi:"labels"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput    `pulumi:"location"`
	// Name of the ClientTlsPolicy resource. It matches the pattern `projects/*/locations/{location}/clientTlsPolicies/{client_tls_policy}`
	Name    pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Optional. Defines the mechanism to obtain the Certificate Authority certificate to validate the server certificate. If empty, client does not validate the server certificate.
	ServerValidationCa ValidationCAResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"serverValidationCa"`
	// Optional. Server Name Indication string to present to the server during TLS handshake. E.g: "secure.example.com".
	Sni pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"sni"`
	// The timestamp when the resource was updated.
	UpdateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

Creates a new ClientTlsPolicy in a given project and location.

func GetClientTlsPolicy

func GetClientTlsPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ClientTlsPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ClientTlsPolicy, error)

GetClientTlsPolicy gets an existing ClientTlsPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewClientTlsPolicy

func NewClientTlsPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ClientTlsPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ClientTlsPolicy, error)

NewClientTlsPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ClientTlsPolicy) ElementType

func (*ClientTlsPolicy) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*ClientTlsPolicy) ToClientTlsPolicyOutput

func (i *ClientTlsPolicy) ToClientTlsPolicyOutput() ClientTlsPolicyOutput

func (*ClientTlsPolicy) ToClientTlsPolicyOutputWithContext

func (i *ClientTlsPolicy) ToClientTlsPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientTlsPolicyOutput

type ClientTlsPolicyArgs

type ClientTlsPolicyArgs struct {
	// Optional. Defines a mechanism to provision client identity (public and private keys) for peer to peer authentication. The presence of this dictates mTLS.
	ClientCertificate GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderPtrInput
	// Required. Short name of the ClientTlsPolicy resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. "client_mtls_policy".
	ClientTlsPolicyId pulumi.StringInput
	// Optional. Free-text description of the resource.
	Description pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. Set of label tags associated with the resource.
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapInput
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Name of the ClientTlsPolicy resource. It matches the pattern `projects/*/locations/{location}/clientTlsPolicies/{client_tls_policy}`
	Name    pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. Defines the mechanism to obtain the Certificate Authority certificate to validate the server certificate. If empty, client does not validate the server certificate.
	ServerValidationCa ValidationCAArrayInput
	// Optional. Server Name Indication string to present to the server during TLS handshake. E.g: "secure.example.com".
	Sni pulumi.StringPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ClientTlsPolicy resource.

func (ClientTlsPolicyArgs) ElementType

func (ClientTlsPolicyArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ClientTlsPolicyIamBinding added in v0.26.0

type ClientTlsPolicyIamBinding struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"members"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetClientTlsPolicyIamBinding added in v0.26.0

func GetClientTlsPolicyIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ClientTlsPolicyIamBindingState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ClientTlsPolicyIamBinding, error)

GetClientTlsPolicyIamBinding gets an existing ClientTlsPolicyIamBinding resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewClientTlsPolicyIamBinding added in v0.26.0

func NewClientTlsPolicyIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ClientTlsPolicyIamBindingArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ClientTlsPolicyIamBinding, error)

NewClientTlsPolicyIamBinding registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ClientTlsPolicyIamBinding) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (*ClientTlsPolicyIamBinding) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*ClientTlsPolicyIamBinding) ToClientTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

func (i *ClientTlsPolicyIamBinding) ToClientTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput() ClientTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput

func (*ClientTlsPolicyIamBinding) ToClientTlsPolicyIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (i *ClientTlsPolicyIamBinding) ToClientTlsPolicyIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput

type ClientTlsPolicyIamBindingArgs added in v0.26.0

type ClientTlsPolicyIamBindingArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ClientTlsPolicyIamBinding resource.

func (ClientTlsPolicyIamBindingArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0

type ClientTlsPolicyIamBindingInput added in v0.26.0

type ClientTlsPolicyIamBindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToClientTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput() ClientTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput
	ToClientTlsPolicyIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput
}

type ClientTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

type ClientTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ClientTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (ClientTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (ClientTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (ClientTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput) Members added in v0.26.0

Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (ClientTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput) Name added in v0.26.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (ClientTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput) Project added in v0.26.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (ClientTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput) Role added in v0.26.0

The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.

func (ClientTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput) ToClientTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

func (o ClientTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput) ToClientTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput() ClientTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput

func (ClientTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput) ToClientTlsPolicyIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (o ClientTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput) ToClientTlsPolicyIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput

type ClientTlsPolicyIamBindingState added in v0.26.0

type ClientTlsPolicyIamBindingState struct {
}

func (ClientTlsPolicyIamBindingState) ElementType added in v0.26.0

type ClientTlsPolicyIamMember added in v0.26.0

type ClientTlsPolicyIamMember struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"member"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetClientTlsPolicyIamMember added in v0.26.0

func GetClientTlsPolicyIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ClientTlsPolicyIamMemberState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ClientTlsPolicyIamMember, error)

GetClientTlsPolicyIamMember gets an existing ClientTlsPolicyIamMember resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewClientTlsPolicyIamMember added in v0.26.0

func NewClientTlsPolicyIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ClientTlsPolicyIamMemberArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ClientTlsPolicyIamMember, error)

NewClientTlsPolicyIamMember registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ClientTlsPolicyIamMember) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (*ClientTlsPolicyIamMember) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*ClientTlsPolicyIamMember) ToClientTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

func (i *ClientTlsPolicyIamMember) ToClientTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput() ClientTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput

func (*ClientTlsPolicyIamMember) ToClientTlsPolicyIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (i *ClientTlsPolicyIamMember) ToClientTlsPolicyIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput

type ClientTlsPolicyIamMemberArgs added in v0.26.0

type ClientTlsPolicyIamMemberArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ClientTlsPolicyIamMember resource.

func (ClientTlsPolicyIamMemberArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0

type ClientTlsPolicyIamMemberInput added in v0.26.0

type ClientTlsPolicyIamMemberInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToClientTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput() ClientTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput
	ToClientTlsPolicyIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput
}

type ClientTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

type ClientTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ClientTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (ClientTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (ClientTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (ClientTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput) Member added in v0.26.0

Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (ClientTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput) Name added in v0.26.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (ClientTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput) Project added in v0.26.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (ClientTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput) Role added in v0.26.0

The role that should be applied.

func (ClientTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput) ToClientTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

func (o ClientTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput) ToClientTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput() ClientTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput

func (ClientTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput) ToClientTlsPolicyIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (o ClientTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput) ToClientTlsPolicyIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput

type ClientTlsPolicyIamMemberState added in v0.26.0

type ClientTlsPolicyIamMemberState struct {
}

func (ClientTlsPolicyIamMemberState) ElementType added in v0.26.0

type ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicy

type ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings          GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"bindings"`
	ClientTlsPolicyId pulumi.StringOutput                   `pulumi:"clientTlsPolicyId"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag     pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"location"`
	Project  pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"version"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. Note - this resource's API doesn't support deletion. When deleted, the resource will persist on Google Cloud even though it will be deleted from Pulumi state.

func GetClientTlsPolicyIamPolicy

func GetClientTlsPolicyIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicy, error)

GetClientTlsPolicyIamPolicy gets an existing ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewClientTlsPolicyIamPolicy

func NewClientTlsPolicyIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicy, error)

NewClientTlsPolicyIamPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicy) ElementType

func (*ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicy) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicy) ToClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput

func (i *ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicy) ToClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput() ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput

func (*ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicy) ToClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutputWithContext

func (i *ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicy) ToClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput

type ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyArgs

type ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyArgs struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayInput
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings          GoogleIamV1BindingArrayInput
	ClientTlsPolicyId pulumi.StringInput
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag     pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project  pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
	UpdateMask pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicy resource.

func (ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyArgs) ElementType

type ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyInput

type ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput() ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput
	ToClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput
}

type ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput

type ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput) AuditConfigs added in v0.19.0

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput) Bindings added in v0.19.0

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput) ClientTlsPolicyId added in v0.21.0

func (o ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput) ClientTlsPolicyId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput) ElementType

func (ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput) Etag added in v0.19.0

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput) Location added in v0.21.0

func (ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput) Project added in v0.21.0

func (ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput) ToClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput

func (o ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput) ToClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput() ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput

func (ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput) ToClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutputWithContext

func (o ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput) ToClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput

func (ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput) Version added in v0.19.0

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyState

type ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyState struct {
}

func (ClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyState) ElementType

type ClientTlsPolicyInput

type ClientTlsPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToClientTlsPolicyOutput() ClientTlsPolicyOutput
	ToClientTlsPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientTlsPolicyOutput
}

type ClientTlsPolicyOutput

type ClientTlsPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ClientTlsPolicyOutput) ClientCertificate added in v0.19.0

Optional. Defines a mechanism to provision client identity (public and private keys) for peer to peer authentication. The presence of this dictates mTLS.

func (ClientTlsPolicyOutput) ClientTlsPolicyId added in v0.21.0

func (o ClientTlsPolicyOutput) ClientTlsPolicyId() pulumi.StringOutput

Required. Short name of the ClientTlsPolicy resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. "client_mtls_policy".

func (ClientTlsPolicyOutput) CreateTime added in v0.19.0

func (o ClientTlsPolicyOutput) CreateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

The timestamp when the resource was created.

func (ClientTlsPolicyOutput) Description added in v0.19.0

func (o ClientTlsPolicyOutput) Description() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. Free-text description of the resource.

func (ClientTlsPolicyOutput) ElementType

func (ClientTlsPolicyOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ClientTlsPolicyOutput) Labels added in v0.19.0

Optional. Set of label tags associated with the resource.

func (ClientTlsPolicyOutput) Location added in v0.21.0

func (ClientTlsPolicyOutput) Name added in v0.19.0

Name of the ClientTlsPolicy resource. It matches the pattern `projects/*/locations/{location}/clientTlsPolicies/{client_tls_policy}`

func (ClientTlsPolicyOutput) Project added in v0.21.0

func (ClientTlsPolicyOutput) ServerValidationCa added in v0.19.0

Optional. Defines the mechanism to obtain the Certificate Authority certificate to validate the server certificate. If empty, client does not validate the server certificate.

func (ClientTlsPolicyOutput) Sni added in v0.19.0

Optional. Server Name Indication string to present to the server during TLS handshake. E.g: "secure.example.com".

func (ClientTlsPolicyOutput) ToClientTlsPolicyOutput

func (o ClientTlsPolicyOutput) ToClientTlsPolicyOutput() ClientTlsPolicyOutput

func (ClientTlsPolicyOutput) ToClientTlsPolicyOutputWithContext

func (o ClientTlsPolicyOutput) ToClientTlsPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientTlsPolicyOutput

func (ClientTlsPolicyOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.19.0

func (o ClientTlsPolicyOutput) UpdateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

The timestamp when the resource was updated.

type ClientTlsPolicyState

type ClientTlsPolicyState struct {
}

func (ClientTlsPolicyState) ElementType

func (ClientTlsPolicyState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type Destination

type Destination struct {
	// List of host names to match. Matched against the ":authority" header in http requests. At least one host should match. Each host can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example "mydomain.*") or a suffix match (example "*.myorg.com") or a presence (any) match "*".
	Hosts []string `pulumi:"hosts"`
	// Optional. Match against key:value pair in http header. Provides a flexible match based on HTTP headers, for potentially advanced use cases. At least one header should match. Avoid using header matches to make authorization decisions unless there is a strong guarantee that requests arrive through a trusted client or proxy.
	HttpHeaderMatch *HttpHeaderMatch `pulumi:"httpHeaderMatch"`
	// Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match. At least one method should match. Should not be set for gRPC services.
	Methods []string `pulumi:"methods"`
	// List of destination ports to match. At least one port should match.
	Ports []int `pulumi:"ports"`
}

Specification of traffic destination attributes.

type DestinationArgs

type DestinationArgs struct {
	// List of host names to match. Matched against the ":authority" header in http requests. At least one host should match. Each host can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example "mydomain.*") or a suffix match (example "*.myorg.com") or a presence (any) match "*".
	Hosts pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"hosts"`
	// Optional. Match against key:value pair in http header. Provides a flexible match based on HTTP headers, for potentially advanced use cases. At least one header should match. Avoid using header matches to make authorization decisions unless there is a strong guarantee that requests arrive through a trusted client or proxy.
	HttpHeaderMatch HttpHeaderMatchPtrInput `pulumi:"httpHeaderMatch"`
	// Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match. At least one method should match. Should not be set for gRPC services.
	Methods pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"methods"`
	// List of destination ports to match. At least one port should match.
	Ports pulumi.IntArrayInput `pulumi:"ports"`
}

Specification of traffic destination attributes.

func (DestinationArgs) ElementType

func (DestinationArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (DestinationArgs) ToDestinationOutput

func (i DestinationArgs) ToDestinationOutput() DestinationOutput

func (DestinationArgs) ToDestinationOutputWithContext

func (i DestinationArgs) ToDestinationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DestinationOutput

type DestinationArray

type DestinationArray []DestinationInput

func (DestinationArray) ElementType

func (DestinationArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (DestinationArray) ToDestinationArrayOutput

func (i DestinationArray) ToDestinationArrayOutput() DestinationArrayOutput

func (DestinationArray) ToDestinationArrayOutputWithContext

func (i DestinationArray) ToDestinationArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DestinationArrayOutput

type DestinationArrayInput

type DestinationArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToDestinationArrayOutput() DestinationArrayOutput
	ToDestinationArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) DestinationArrayOutput
}

DestinationArrayInput is an input type that accepts DestinationArray and DestinationArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `DestinationArrayInput` via:

DestinationArray{ DestinationArgs{...} }

type DestinationArrayOutput

type DestinationArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (DestinationArrayOutput) ElementType

func (DestinationArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (DestinationArrayOutput) Index

func (DestinationArrayOutput) ToDestinationArrayOutput

func (o DestinationArrayOutput) ToDestinationArrayOutput() DestinationArrayOutput

func (DestinationArrayOutput) ToDestinationArrayOutputWithContext

func (o DestinationArrayOutput) ToDestinationArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DestinationArrayOutput

type DestinationInput

type DestinationInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToDestinationOutput() DestinationOutput
	ToDestinationOutputWithContext(context.Context) DestinationOutput
}

DestinationInput is an input type that accepts DestinationArgs and DestinationOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `DestinationInput` via:

DestinationArgs{...}

type DestinationOutput

type DestinationOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Specification of traffic destination attributes.

func (DestinationOutput) ElementType

func (DestinationOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (DestinationOutput) Hosts

List of host names to match. Matched against the ":authority" header in http requests. At least one host should match. Each host can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example "mydomain.*") or a suffix match (example "*.myorg.com") or a presence (any) match "*".

func (DestinationOutput) HttpHeaderMatch

func (o DestinationOutput) HttpHeaderMatch() HttpHeaderMatchPtrOutput

Optional. Match against key:value pair in http header. Provides a flexible match based on HTTP headers, for potentially advanced use cases. At least one header should match. Avoid using header matches to make authorization decisions unless there is a strong guarantee that requests arrive through a trusted client or proxy.

func (DestinationOutput) Methods

Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match. At least one method should match. Should not be set for gRPC services.

func (DestinationOutput) Ports

List of destination ports to match. At least one port should match.

func (DestinationOutput) ToDestinationOutput

func (o DestinationOutput) ToDestinationOutput() DestinationOutput

func (DestinationOutput) ToDestinationOutputWithContext

func (o DestinationOutput) ToDestinationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DestinationOutput

type DestinationResponse

type DestinationResponse struct {
	// List of host names to match. Matched against the ":authority" header in http requests. At least one host should match. Each host can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example "mydomain.*") or a suffix match (example "*.myorg.com") or a presence (any) match "*".
	Hosts []string `pulumi:"hosts"`
	// Optional. Match against key:value pair in http header. Provides a flexible match based on HTTP headers, for potentially advanced use cases. At least one header should match. Avoid using header matches to make authorization decisions unless there is a strong guarantee that requests arrive through a trusted client or proxy.
	HttpHeaderMatch HttpHeaderMatchResponse `pulumi:"httpHeaderMatch"`
	// Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match. At least one method should match. Should not be set for gRPC services.
	Methods []string `pulumi:"methods"`
	// List of destination ports to match. At least one port should match.
	Ports []int `pulumi:"ports"`
}

Specification of traffic destination attributes.

type DestinationResponseArrayOutput

type DestinationResponseArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (DestinationResponseArrayOutput) ElementType

func (DestinationResponseArrayOutput) Index

func (DestinationResponseArrayOutput) ToDestinationResponseArrayOutput

func (o DestinationResponseArrayOutput) ToDestinationResponseArrayOutput() DestinationResponseArrayOutput

func (DestinationResponseArrayOutput) ToDestinationResponseArrayOutputWithContext

func (o DestinationResponseArrayOutput) ToDestinationResponseArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DestinationResponseArrayOutput

type DestinationResponseOutput

type DestinationResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Specification of traffic destination attributes.

func (DestinationResponseOutput) ElementType

func (DestinationResponseOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (DestinationResponseOutput) Hosts

List of host names to match. Matched against the ":authority" header in http requests. At least one host should match. Each host can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example "mydomain.*") or a suffix match (example "*.myorg.com") or a presence (any) match "*".

func (DestinationResponseOutput) HttpHeaderMatch

Optional. Match against key:value pair in http header. Provides a flexible match based on HTTP headers, for potentially advanced use cases. At least one header should match. Avoid using header matches to make authorization decisions unless there is a strong guarantee that requests arrive through a trusted client or proxy.

func (DestinationResponseOutput) Methods

Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match. At least one method should match. Should not be set for gRPC services.

func (DestinationResponseOutput) Ports

List of destination ports to match. At least one port should match.

func (DestinationResponseOutput) ToDestinationResponseOutput

func (o DestinationResponseOutput) ToDestinationResponseOutput() DestinationResponseOutput

func (DestinationResponseOutput) ToDestinationResponseOutputWithContext

func (o DestinationResponseOutput) ToDestinationResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DestinationResponseOutput

type Expr

type Expr struct {
	// Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
	Description *string `pulumi:"description"`
	// Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
	Expression *string `pulumi:"expression"`
	// Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
	Location *string `pulumi:"location"`
	// Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
	Title *string `pulumi:"title"`
}

Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.

type ExprArgs

type ExprArgs struct {
	// Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
	Description pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"description"`
	// Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
	Expression pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"expression"`
	// Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"location"`
	// Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
	Title pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"title"`
}

Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.

func (ExprArgs) ElementType

func (ExprArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ExprArgs) ToExprOutput

func (i ExprArgs) ToExprOutput() ExprOutput

func (ExprArgs) ToExprOutputWithContext

func (i ExprArgs) ToExprOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ExprOutput

func (ExprArgs) ToExprPtrOutput

func (i ExprArgs) ToExprPtrOutput() ExprPtrOutput

func (ExprArgs) ToExprPtrOutputWithContext

func (i ExprArgs) ToExprPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ExprPtrOutput

type ExprInput

type ExprInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToExprOutput() ExprOutput
	ToExprOutputWithContext(context.Context) ExprOutput
}

ExprInput is an input type that accepts ExprArgs and ExprOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ExprInput` via:

ExprArgs{...}

type ExprOutput

type ExprOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.

func (ExprOutput) Description

func (o ExprOutput) Description() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.

func (ExprOutput) ElementType

func (ExprOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ExprOutput) Expression

func (o ExprOutput) Expression() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.

func (ExprOutput) Location

func (o ExprOutput) Location() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.

func (ExprOutput) Title

func (o ExprOutput) Title() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.

func (ExprOutput) ToExprOutput

func (o ExprOutput) ToExprOutput() ExprOutput

func (ExprOutput) ToExprOutputWithContext

func (o ExprOutput) ToExprOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ExprOutput

func (ExprOutput) ToExprPtrOutput

func (o ExprOutput) ToExprPtrOutput() ExprPtrOutput

func (ExprOutput) ToExprPtrOutputWithContext

func (o ExprOutput) ToExprPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ExprPtrOutput

type ExprPtrInput

type ExprPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToExprPtrOutput() ExprPtrOutput
	ToExprPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) ExprPtrOutput
}

ExprPtrInput is an input type that accepts ExprArgs, ExprPtr and ExprPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ExprPtrInput` via:

        ExprArgs{...}

or:

        nil

func ExprPtr

func ExprPtr(v *ExprArgs) ExprPtrInput

type ExprPtrOutput

type ExprPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ExprPtrOutput) Description

func (o ExprPtrOutput) Description() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.

func (ExprPtrOutput) Elem

func (o ExprPtrOutput) Elem() ExprOutput

func (ExprPtrOutput) ElementType

func (ExprPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ExprPtrOutput) Expression

func (o ExprPtrOutput) Expression() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.

func (ExprPtrOutput) Location

func (o ExprPtrOutput) Location() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.

func (ExprPtrOutput) Title

Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.

func (ExprPtrOutput) ToExprPtrOutput

func (o ExprPtrOutput) ToExprPtrOutput() ExprPtrOutput

func (ExprPtrOutput) ToExprPtrOutputWithContext

func (o ExprPtrOutput) ToExprPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ExprPtrOutput

type ExprResponse

type ExprResponse struct {
	// Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
	Description string `pulumi:"description"`
	// Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
	Expression string `pulumi:"expression"`
	// Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
	Location string `pulumi:"location"`
	// Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
	Title string `pulumi:"title"`
}

Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.

type ExprResponseOutput

type ExprResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.

func (ExprResponseOutput) Description

func (o ExprResponseOutput) Description() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.

func (ExprResponseOutput) ElementType

func (ExprResponseOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ExprResponseOutput) Expression

func (o ExprResponseOutput) Expression() pulumi.StringOutput

Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.

func (ExprResponseOutput) Location

func (o ExprResponseOutput) Location() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.

func (ExprResponseOutput) Title

Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.

func (ExprResponseOutput) ToExprResponseOutput

func (o ExprResponseOutput) ToExprResponseOutput() ExprResponseOutput

func (ExprResponseOutput) ToExprResponseOutputWithContext

func (o ExprResponseOutput) ToExprResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ExprResponseOutput

type FirewallEndpoint added in v0.32.0

type FirewallEndpoint struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// List of networks that are associated with this endpoint in the local zone. This is a projection of the FirewallEndpointAssociations pointing at this endpoint. A network will only appear in this list after traffic routing is fully configured. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}.
	AssociatedNetworks pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"associatedNetworks"`
	// Optional. Project to bill on endpoint uptime usage.
	BillingProjectId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"billingProjectId"`
	// Create time stamp
	CreateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. Description of the firewall endpoint. Max length 2048 characters.
	Description pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"description"`
	// Required. Id of the requesting object. If auto-generating Id server-side, remove this field and firewall_endpoint_id from the method_signature of Create RPC.
	FirewallEndpointId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"firewallEndpointId"`
	// Optional. Labels as key value pairs
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapOutput `pulumi:"labels"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput    `pulumi:"location"`
	// name of resource
	Name           pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	OrganizationId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"organizationId"`
	// Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.
	Reconciling pulumi.BoolOutput `pulumi:"reconciling"`
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"requestId"`
	// Current state of the endpoint.
	State pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"state"`
	// Update time stamp
	UpdateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

Creates a new FirewallEndpoint in a given project and location. Auto-naming is currently not supported for this resource.

func GetFirewallEndpoint added in v0.32.0

func GetFirewallEndpoint(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *FirewallEndpointState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*FirewallEndpoint, error)

GetFirewallEndpoint gets an existing FirewallEndpoint resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewFirewallEndpoint added in v0.32.0

func NewFirewallEndpoint(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *FirewallEndpointArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*FirewallEndpoint, error)

NewFirewallEndpoint registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*FirewallEndpoint) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (*FirewallEndpoint) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*FirewallEndpoint) ToFirewallEndpointOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i *FirewallEndpoint) ToFirewallEndpointOutput() FirewallEndpointOutput

func (*FirewallEndpoint) ToFirewallEndpointOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i *FirewallEndpoint) ToFirewallEndpointOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) FirewallEndpointOutput

type FirewallEndpointArgs added in v0.32.0

type FirewallEndpointArgs struct {
	// Optional. Project to bill on endpoint uptime usage.
	BillingProjectId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. Description of the firewall endpoint. Max length 2048 characters.
	Description pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Required. Id of the requesting object. If auto-generating Id server-side, remove this field and firewall_endpoint_id from the method_signature of Create RPC.
	FirewallEndpointId pulumi.StringInput
	// Optional. Labels as key value pairs
	Labels         pulumi.StringMapInput
	Location       pulumi.StringPtrInput
	OrganizationId pulumi.StringInput
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a FirewallEndpoint resource.

func (FirewallEndpointArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (FirewallEndpointArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type FirewallEndpointAssociation added in v0.32.0

type FirewallEndpointAssociation struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Create time stamp
	CreateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// The URL of the FirewallEndpoint that is being associated.
	FirewallEndpoint pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"firewallEndpoint"`
	// Optional. Id of the requesting object. If auto-generating Id server-side, remove this field and firewall_endpoint_association_id from the method_signature of Create RPC.
	FirewallEndpointAssociationId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"firewallEndpointAssociationId"`
	// Optional. Labels as key value pairs
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapOutput `pulumi:"labels"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput    `pulumi:"location"`
	// name of resource
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The URL of the network that is being associated.
	Network pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"network"`
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.
	Reconciling pulumi.BoolOutput `pulumi:"reconciling"`
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"requestId"`
	// Current state of the association.
	State pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"state"`
	// Optional. The URL of the TlsInspectionPolicy that is being associated.
	TlsInspectionPolicy pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"tlsInspectionPolicy"`
	// Update time stamp
	UpdateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

Creates a new FirewallEndpointAssociation in a given project and location. Auto-naming is currently not supported for this resource.

func GetFirewallEndpointAssociation added in v0.32.0

func GetFirewallEndpointAssociation(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *FirewallEndpointAssociationState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*FirewallEndpointAssociation, error)

GetFirewallEndpointAssociation gets an existing FirewallEndpointAssociation resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewFirewallEndpointAssociation added in v0.32.0

func NewFirewallEndpointAssociation(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *FirewallEndpointAssociationArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*FirewallEndpointAssociation, error)

NewFirewallEndpointAssociation registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*FirewallEndpointAssociation) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (*FirewallEndpointAssociation) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*FirewallEndpointAssociation) ToFirewallEndpointAssociationOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i *FirewallEndpointAssociation) ToFirewallEndpointAssociationOutput() FirewallEndpointAssociationOutput

func (*FirewallEndpointAssociation) ToFirewallEndpointAssociationOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i *FirewallEndpointAssociation) ToFirewallEndpointAssociationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) FirewallEndpointAssociationOutput

type FirewallEndpointAssociationArgs added in v0.32.0

type FirewallEndpointAssociationArgs struct {
	// The URL of the FirewallEndpoint that is being associated.
	FirewallEndpoint pulumi.StringInput
	// Optional. Id of the requesting object. If auto-generating Id server-side, remove this field and firewall_endpoint_association_id from the method_signature of Create RPC.
	FirewallEndpointAssociationId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. Labels as key value pairs
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapInput
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The URL of the network that is being associated.
	Network pulumi.StringInput
	Project pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. The URL of the TlsInspectionPolicy that is being associated.
	TlsInspectionPolicy pulumi.StringPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a FirewallEndpointAssociation resource.

func (FirewallEndpointAssociationArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type FirewallEndpointAssociationInput added in v0.32.0

type FirewallEndpointAssociationInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToFirewallEndpointAssociationOutput() FirewallEndpointAssociationOutput
	ToFirewallEndpointAssociationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) FirewallEndpointAssociationOutput
}

type FirewallEndpointAssociationOutput added in v0.32.0

type FirewallEndpointAssociationOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (FirewallEndpointAssociationOutput) CreateTime added in v0.32.0

Create time stamp

func (FirewallEndpointAssociationOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (FirewallEndpointAssociationOutput) FirewallEndpoint added in v0.32.0

The URL of the FirewallEndpoint that is being associated.

func (FirewallEndpointAssociationOutput) FirewallEndpointAssociationId added in v0.32.0

func (o FirewallEndpointAssociationOutput) FirewallEndpointAssociationId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. Id of the requesting object. If auto-generating Id server-side, remove this field and firewall_endpoint_association_id from the method_signature of Create RPC.

func (FirewallEndpointAssociationOutput) Labels added in v0.32.0

Optional. Labels as key value pairs

func (FirewallEndpointAssociationOutput) Location added in v0.32.0

func (FirewallEndpointAssociationOutput) Name added in v0.32.0

name of resource

func (FirewallEndpointAssociationOutput) Network added in v0.32.0

The URL of the network that is being associated.

func (FirewallEndpointAssociationOutput) Project added in v0.32.0

func (FirewallEndpointAssociationOutput) Reconciling added in v0.32.0

Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.

func (FirewallEndpointAssociationOutput) RequestId added in v0.32.0

Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).

func (FirewallEndpointAssociationOutput) State added in v0.32.0

Current state of the association.

func (FirewallEndpointAssociationOutput) TlsInspectionPolicy added in v0.32.0

func (o FirewallEndpointAssociationOutput) TlsInspectionPolicy() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. The URL of the TlsInspectionPolicy that is being associated.

func (FirewallEndpointAssociationOutput) ToFirewallEndpointAssociationOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o FirewallEndpointAssociationOutput) ToFirewallEndpointAssociationOutput() FirewallEndpointAssociationOutput

func (FirewallEndpointAssociationOutput) ToFirewallEndpointAssociationOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o FirewallEndpointAssociationOutput) ToFirewallEndpointAssociationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) FirewallEndpointAssociationOutput

func (FirewallEndpointAssociationOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.32.0

Update time stamp

type FirewallEndpointAssociationState added in v0.32.0

type FirewallEndpointAssociationState struct {
}

func (FirewallEndpointAssociationState) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type FirewallEndpointInput added in v0.32.0

type FirewallEndpointInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToFirewallEndpointOutput() FirewallEndpointOutput
	ToFirewallEndpointOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) FirewallEndpointOutput
}

type FirewallEndpointOutput added in v0.32.0

type FirewallEndpointOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (FirewallEndpointOutput) AssociatedNetworks added in v0.32.0

func (o FirewallEndpointOutput) AssociatedNetworks() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

List of networks that are associated with this endpoint in the local zone. This is a projection of the FirewallEndpointAssociations pointing at this endpoint. A network will only appear in this list after traffic routing is fully configured. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}.

func (FirewallEndpointOutput) BillingProjectId added in v0.32.0

func (o FirewallEndpointOutput) BillingProjectId() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. Project to bill on endpoint uptime usage.

func (FirewallEndpointOutput) CreateTime added in v0.32.0

Create time stamp

func (FirewallEndpointOutput) Description added in v0.32.0

func (o FirewallEndpointOutput) Description() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. Description of the firewall endpoint. Max length 2048 characters.

func (FirewallEndpointOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (FirewallEndpointOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (FirewallEndpointOutput) FirewallEndpointId added in v0.32.0

func (o FirewallEndpointOutput) FirewallEndpointId() pulumi.StringOutput

Required. Id of the requesting object. If auto-generating Id server-side, remove this field and firewall_endpoint_id from the method_signature of Create RPC.

func (FirewallEndpointOutput) Labels added in v0.32.0

Optional. Labels as key value pairs

func (FirewallEndpointOutput) Location added in v0.32.0

func (FirewallEndpointOutput) Name added in v0.32.0

name of resource

func (FirewallEndpointOutput) OrganizationId added in v0.32.0

func (o FirewallEndpointOutput) OrganizationId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (FirewallEndpointOutput) Reconciling added in v0.32.0

func (o FirewallEndpointOutput) Reconciling() pulumi.BoolOutput

Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.

func (FirewallEndpointOutput) RequestId added in v0.32.0

Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).

func (FirewallEndpointOutput) State added in v0.32.0

Current state of the endpoint.

func (FirewallEndpointOutput) ToFirewallEndpointOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o FirewallEndpointOutput) ToFirewallEndpointOutput() FirewallEndpointOutput

func (FirewallEndpointOutput) ToFirewallEndpointOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o FirewallEndpointOutput) ToFirewallEndpointOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) FirewallEndpointOutput

func (FirewallEndpointOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.32.0

Update time stamp

type FirewallEndpointState added in v0.32.0

type FirewallEndpointState struct {
}

func (FirewallEndpointState) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (FirewallEndpointState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type GatewaySecurityPolicy added in v0.29.0

type GatewaySecurityPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// The timestamp when the resource was created.
	CreateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. Free-text description of the resource.
	Description pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"description"`
	// Required. Short name of the GatewaySecurityPolicy resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. "gateway_security_policy1".
	GatewaySecurityPolicyId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"gatewaySecurityPolicyId"`
	Location                pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"location"`
	// Name of the resource. Name is of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gatewaySecurityPolicies/{gateway_security_policy} gateway_security_policy should match the pattern:(^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$).
	Name    pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Optional. Name of a TLS Inspection Policy resource that defines how TLS inspection will be performed for any rule(s) which enables it.
	TlsInspectionPolicy pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"tlsInspectionPolicy"`
	// The timestamp when the resource was updated.
	UpdateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

Creates a new GatewaySecurityPolicy in a given project and location.

func GetGatewaySecurityPolicy added in v0.29.0

func GetGatewaySecurityPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *GatewaySecurityPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*GatewaySecurityPolicy, error)

GetGatewaySecurityPolicy gets an existing GatewaySecurityPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewGatewaySecurityPolicy added in v0.29.0

func NewGatewaySecurityPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *GatewaySecurityPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*GatewaySecurityPolicy, error)

NewGatewaySecurityPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*GatewaySecurityPolicy) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (*GatewaySecurityPolicy) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*GatewaySecurityPolicy) ToGatewaySecurityPolicyOutput added in v0.29.0

func (i *GatewaySecurityPolicy) ToGatewaySecurityPolicyOutput() GatewaySecurityPolicyOutput

func (*GatewaySecurityPolicy) ToGatewaySecurityPolicyOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (i *GatewaySecurityPolicy) ToGatewaySecurityPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GatewaySecurityPolicyOutput

type GatewaySecurityPolicyArgs added in v0.29.0

type GatewaySecurityPolicyArgs struct {
	// Optional. Free-text description of the resource.
	Description pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Required. Short name of the GatewaySecurityPolicy resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. "gateway_security_policy1".
	GatewaySecurityPolicyId pulumi.StringInput
	Location                pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Name of the resource. Name is of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gatewaySecurityPolicies/{gateway_security_policy} gateway_security_policy should match the pattern:(^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$).
	Name    pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. Name of a TLS Inspection Policy resource that defines how TLS inspection will be performed for any rule(s) which enables it.
	TlsInspectionPolicy pulumi.StringPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a GatewaySecurityPolicy resource.

func (GatewaySecurityPolicyArgs) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (GatewaySecurityPolicyArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type GatewaySecurityPolicyInput added in v0.29.0

type GatewaySecurityPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGatewaySecurityPolicyOutput() GatewaySecurityPolicyOutput
	ToGatewaySecurityPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GatewaySecurityPolicyOutput
}

type GatewaySecurityPolicyOutput added in v0.29.0

type GatewaySecurityPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GatewaySecurityPolicyOutput) CreateTime added in v0.29.0

The timestamp when the resource was created.

func (GatewaySecurityPolicyOutput) Description added in v0.29.0

Optional. Free-text description of the resource.

func (GatewaySecurityPolicyOutput) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (GatewaySecurityPolicyOutput) GatewaySecurityPolicyId added in v0.29.0

func (o GatewaySecurityPolicyOutput) GatewaySecurityPolicyId() pulumi.StringOutput

Required. Short name of the GatewaySecurityPolicy resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. "gateway_security_policy1".

func (GatewaySecurityPolicyOutput) Location added in v0.29.0

func (GatewaySecurityPolicyOutput) Name added in v0.29.0

Name of the resource. Name is of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gatewaySecurityPolicies/{gateway_security_policy} gateway_security_policy should match the pattern:(^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$).

func (GatewaySecurityPolicyOutput) Project added in v0.29.0

func (GatewaySecurityPolicyOutput) TlsInspectionPolicy added in v0.29.0

func (o GatewaySecurityPolicyOutput) TlsInspectionPolicy() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. Name of a TLS Inspection Policy resource that defines how TLS inspection will be performed for any rule(s) which enables it.

func (GatewaySecurityPolicyOutput) ToGatewaySecurityPolicyOutput added in v0.29.0

func (o GatewaySecurityPolicyOutput) ToGatewaySecurityPolicyOutput() GatewaySecurityPolicyOutput

func (GatewaySecurityPolicyOutput) ToGatewaySecurityPolicyOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (o GatewaySecurityPolicyOutput) ToGatewaySecurityPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GatewaySecurityPolicyOutput

func (GatewaySecurityPolicyOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.29.0

The timestamp when the resource was updated.

type GatewaySecurityPolicyState added in v0.29.0

type GatewaySecurityPolicyState struct {
}

func (GatewaySecurityPolicyState) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (GatewaySecurityPolicyState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProvider

type GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProvider struct {
	// The certificate provider instance specification that will be passed to the data plane, which will be used to load necessary credential information.
	CertificateProviderInstance *CertificateProviderInstance `pulumi:"certificateProviderInstance"`
	// gRPC specific configuration to access the gRPC server to obtain the cert and private key.
	GrpcEndpoint *GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpoint `pulumi:"grpcEndpoint"`
}

Specification of certificate provider. Defines the mechanism to obtain the certificate and private key for peer to peer authentication.

type GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderArgs

type GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderArgs struct {
	// The certificate provider instance specification that will be passed to the data plane, which will be used to load necessary credential information.
	CertificateProviderInstance CertificateProviderInstancePtrInput `pulumi:"certificateProviderInstance"`
	// gRPC specific configuration to access the gRPC server to obtain the cert and private key.
	GrpcEndpoint GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointPtrInput `pulumi:"grpcEndpoint"`
}

Specification of certificate provider. Defines the mechanism to obtain the certificate and private key for peer to peer authentication.

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderArgs) ElementType

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderArgs) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderOutput

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderArgs) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderOutputWithContext

func (i GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderArgs) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderOutput

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderArgs) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderPtrOutput

func (i GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderArgs) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderPtrOutput() GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderArgs) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderPtrOutputWithContext

func (i GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderArgs) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderPtrOutput

type GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderInput

type GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderOutput() GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderOutput
	ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderOutput
}

GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderInput is an input type that accepts GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderArgs and GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderInput` via:

GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderArgs{...}

type GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderOutput

type GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Specification of certificate provider. Defines the mechanism to obtain the certificate and private key for peer to peer authentication.

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderOutput) CertificateProviderInstance

The certificate provider instance specification that will be passed to the data plane, which will be used to load necessary credential information.

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderOutput) GrpcEndpoint

gRPC specific configuration to access the gRPC server to obtain the cert and private key.

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderOutput) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderOutput

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderOutput) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderOutput) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderOutput

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderOutput) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderOutput) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderPtrOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderOutput) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderPtrOutput

type GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderPtrInput

type GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderPtrOutput() GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderPtrOutput
	ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderPtrOutput
}

GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderPtrInput is an input type that accepts GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderArgs, GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderPtr and GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderPtrInput` via:

        GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderArgs{...}

or:

        nil

type GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderPtrOutput

type GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderPtrOutput) CertificateProviderInstance

The certificate provider instance specification that will be passed to the data plane, which will be used to load necessary credential information.

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderPtrOutput) Elem

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderPtrOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderPtrOutput) GrpcEndpoint

gRPC specific configuration to access the gRPC server to obtain the cert and private key.

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderPtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderPtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderPtrOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderPtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderPtrOutput

type GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderResponse

type GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderResponse struct {
	// The certificate provider instance specification that will be passed to the data plane, which will be used to load necessary credential information.
	CertificateProviderInstance CertificateProviderInstanceResponse `pulumi:"certificateProviderInstance"`
	// gRPC specific configuration to access the gRPC server to obtain the cert and private key.
	GrpcEndpoint GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointResponse `pulumi:"grpcEndpoint"`
}

Specification of certificate provider. Defines the mechanism to obtain the certificate and private key for peer to peer authentication.

type GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderResponseOutput

type GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Specification of certificate provider. Defines the mechanism to obtain the certificate and private key for peer to peer authentication.

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderResponseOutput) CertificateProviderInstance

The certificate provider instance specification that will be passed to the data plane, which will be used to load necessary credential information.

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderResponseOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderResponseOutput) GrpcEndpoint

gRPC specific configuration to access the gRPC server to obtain the cert and private key.

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderResponseOutput

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderResponseOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderResponseOutput

type GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpoint

type GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpoint struct {
	// The target URI of the gRPC endpoint. Only UDS path is supported, and should start with "unix:".
	TargetUri string `pulumi:"targetUri"`
}

Specification of the GRPC Endpoint.

type GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointArgs

type GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointArgs struct {
	// The target URI of the gRPC endpoint. Only UDS path is supported, and should start with "unix:".
	TargetUri pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"targetUri"`
}

Specification of the GRPC Endpoint.

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointArgs) ElementType

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointArgs) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointOutput

func (i GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointArgs) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointOutput() GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointOutput

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointArgs) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointOutputWithContext

func (i GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointArgs) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointOutput

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointArgs) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointPtrOutput

func (i GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointArgs) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointPtrOutput() GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointArgs) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointPtrOutputWithContext

func (i GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointArgs) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointPtrOutput

type GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointInput

type GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointOutput() GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointOutput
	ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointOutput
}

GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointInput is an input type that accepts GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointArgs and GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointInput` via:

GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointArgs{...}

type GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointOutput

type GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Specification of the GRPC Endpoint.

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointOutput) TargetUri

The target URI of the gRPC endpoint. Only UDS path is supported, and should start with "unix:".

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointOutput) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointOutput

func (o GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointOutput) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointOutput() GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointOutput

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointOutput) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointOutput) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointOutput

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointOutput) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointPtrOutput

func (o GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointOutput) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointPtrOutput() GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointOutput) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointPtrOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointOutput) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointPtrOutput

type GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointPtrInput

type GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointPtrOutput() GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointPtrOutput
	ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointPtrOutput
}

GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointPtrInput is an input type that accepts GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointArgs, GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointPtr and GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointPtrInput` via:

        GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointArgs{...}

or:

        nil

type GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointPtrOutput

type GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointPtrOutput) Elem

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointPtrOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointPtrOutput) TargetUri

The target URI of the gRPC endpoint. Only UDS path is supported, and should start with "unix:".

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointPtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointPtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointPtrOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointPtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointPtrOutput

type GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointResponse

type GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointResponse struct {
	// The target URI of the gRPC endpoint. Only UDS path is supported, and should start with "unix:".
	TargetUri string `pulumi:"targetUri"`
}

Specification of the GRPC Endpoint.

type GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointResponseOutput

type GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Specification of the GRPC Endpoint.

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointResponseOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointResponseOutput) TargetUri

The target URI of the gRPC endpoint. Only UDS path is supported, and should start with "unix:".

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointResponseOutput

func (GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointResponseOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointResponseOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfig

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfig struct {
	// The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
	AuditLogConfigs []GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfig `pulumi:"auditLogConfigs"`
	// Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
	Service *string `pulumi:"service"`
}

Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArgs

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArgs struct {
	// The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
	AuditLogConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayInput `pulumi:"auditLogConfigs"`
	// Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
	Service pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"service"`
}

Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArgs) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArgs) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput

func (i GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArgs) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArgs) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutputWithContext

func (i GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArgs) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArray

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArray []GoogleIamV1AuditConfigInput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArray) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArray) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput

func (i GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArray) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArray) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArray) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayInput

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput
	ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput
}

GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayInput is an input type that accepts GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArray and GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayInput` via:

GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArray{ GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArgs{...} }

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput) Index

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigInput

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput
	ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput
}

GoogleIamV1AuditConfigInput is an input type that accepts GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArgs and GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleIamV1AuditConfigInput` via:

GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArgs{...}

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput) AuditLogConfigs

The configuration for logging of each type of permission.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput) Service

Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponse

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponse struct {
	// The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
	AuditLogConfigs []GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponse `pulumi:"auditLogConfigs"`
	// Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
	Service string `pulumi:"service"`
}

Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput) Index

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput) AuditLogConfigs

The configuration for logging of each type of permission.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput) Service

Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfig

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfig struct {
	// Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
	ExemptedMembers []string `pulumi:"exemptedMembers"`
	// The log type that this config enables.
	LogType *GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType `pulumi:"logType"`
}

Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArgs

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArgs struct {
	// Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
	ExemptedMembers pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"exemptedMembers"`
	// The log type that this config enables.
	LogType GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrInput `pulumi:"logType"`
}

Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArgs) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArgs) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput

func (i GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArgs) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArgs) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutputWithContext

func (i GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArgs) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArray

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArray []GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigInput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArray) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArray) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput

func (i GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArray) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArray) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArray) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayInput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput
	ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput
}

GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayInput is an input type that accepts GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArray and GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayInput` via:

GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArray{ GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArgs{...} }

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput) Index

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigInput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput
	ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput
}

GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigInput is an input type that accepts GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArgs and GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigInput` via:

GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArgs{...}

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType string

The log type that this config enables.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput added in v0.6.0

func (e GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutputWithContext added in v0.6.0

func (e GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput added in v0.6.0

func (e GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.6.0

func (e GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToStringOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToStringOutputWithContext

func (e GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToStringPtrOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext

func (e GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeInput added in v0.6.0

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput
	ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput
}

GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeInput is an input type that accepts GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeArgs and GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeInput` via:

GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeArgs{...}

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput added in v0.6.0

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ElementType added in v0.6.0

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput added in v0.6.0

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutputWithContext added in v0.6.0

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput added in v0.6.0

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.6.0

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToStringOutput added in v0.6.0

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.6.0

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.6.0

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.6.0

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrInput added in v0.6.0

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput
	ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput
}

func GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtr added in v0.6.0

func GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtr(v string) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrInput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput added in v0.6.0

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput) Elem added in v0.6.0

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.6.0

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput added in v0.6.0

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.6.0

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.6.0

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.6.0

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput) ExemptedMembers

Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput) LogType

The log type that this config enables.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponse

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponse struct {
	// Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
	ExemptedMembers []string `pulumi:"exemptedMembers"`
	// The log type that this config enables.
	LogType string `pulumi:"logType"`
}

Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput) Index

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput) ExemptedMembers

Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput) LogType

The log type that this config enables.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput

type GoogleIamV1Binding

type GoogleIamV1Binding struct {
	// The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Condition *Expr `pulumi:"condition"`
	// Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
	Members []string `pulumi:"members"`
	// Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
	Role *string `pulumi:"role"`
}

Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.

type GoogleIamV1BindingArgs

type GoogleIamV1BindingArgs struct {
	// The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Condition ExprPtrInput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"members"`
	// Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
	Role pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.

func (GoogleIamV1BindingArgs) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1BindingArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GoogleIamV1BindingArgs) ToGoogleIamV1BindingOutput

func (i GoogleIamV1BindingArgs) ToGoogleIamV1BindingOutput() GoogleIamV1BindingOutput

func (GoogleIamV1BindingArgs) ToGoogleIamV1BindingOutputWithContext

func (i GoogleIamV1BindingArgs) ToGoogleIamV1BindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1BindingOutput

type GoogleIamV1BindingArray

type GoogleIamV1BindingArray []GoogleIamV1BindingInput

func (GoogleIamV1BindingArray) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1BindingArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GoogleIamV1BindingArray) ToGoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput

func (i GoogleIamV1BindingArray) ToGoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput() GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput

func (GoogleIamV1BindingArray) ToGoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GoogleIamV1BindingArray) ToGoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1BindingArrayInput

type GoogleIamV1BindingArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput() GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput
	ToGoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput
}

GoogleIamV1BindingArrayInput is an input type that accepts GoogleIamV1BindingArray and GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleIamV1BindingArrayInput` via:

GoogleIamV1BindingArray{ GoogleIamV1BindingArgs{...} }

type GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput) Index

func (GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput() GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput

func (GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1BindingInput

type GoogleIamV1BindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleIamV1BindingOutput() GoogleIamV1BindingOutput
	ToGoogleIamV1BindingOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleIamV1BindingOutput
}

GoogleIamV1BindingInput is an input type that accepts GoogleIamV1BindingArgs and GoogleIamV1BindingOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleIamV1BindingInput` via:

GoogleIamV1BindingArgs{...}

type GoogleIamV1BindingOutput

type GoogleIamV1BindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.

func (GoogleIamV1BindingOutput) Condition

The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

func (GoogleIamV1BindingOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1BindingOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GoogleIamV1BindingOutput) Members

Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.

func (GoogleIamV1BindingOutput) Role

Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.

func (GoogleIamV1BindingOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1BindingOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingOutput() GoogleIamV1BindingOutput

func (GoogleIamV1BindingOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1BindingOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1BindingOutput

type GoogleIamV1BindingResponse

type GoogleIamV1BindingResponse struct {
	// The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Condition ExprResponse `pulumi:"condition"`
	// Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
	Members []string `pulumi:"members"`
	// Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
	Role string `pulumi:"role"`
}

Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.

type GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput) Index

func (GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput() GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput

func (GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput

type GoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.

func (GoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput) Condition

The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

func (GoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput) Members

Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.

func (GoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput) Role

Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.

func (GoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput() GoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput

func (GoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput

type HttpHeaderMatch

type HttpHeaderMatch struct {
	// The name of the HTTP header to match. For matching against the HTTP request's authority, use a headerMatch with the header name ":authority". For matching a request's method, use the headerName ":method".
	HeaderName string `pulumi:"headerName"`
	// The value of the header must match the regular expression specified in regexMatch. For regular expression grammar, please see: en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/regex/ecmascript For matching against a port specified in the HTTP request, use a headerMatch with headerName set to Host and a regular expression that satisfies the RFC2616 Host header's port specifier.
	RegexMatch string `pulumi:"regexMatch"`
}

Specification of HTTP header match attributes.

type HttpHeaderMatchArgs

type HttpHeaderMatchArgs struct {
	// The name of the HTTP header to match. For matching against the HTTP request's authority, use a headerMatch with the header name ":authority". For matching a request's method, use the headerName ":method".
	HeaderName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"headerName"`
	// The value of the header must match the regular expression specified in regexMatch. For regular expression grammar, please see: en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/regex/ecmascript For matching against a port specified in the HTTP request, use a headerMatch with headerName set to Host and a regular expression that satisfies the RFC2616 Host header's port specifier.
	RegexMatch pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"regexMatch"`
}

Specification of HTTP header match attributes.

func (HttpHeaderMatchArgs) ElementType

func (HttpHeaderMatchArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (HttpHeaderMatchArgs) ToHttpHeaderMatchOutput

func (i HttpHeaderMatchArgs) ToHttpHeaderMatchOutput() HttpHeaderMatchOutput

func (HttpHeaderMatchArgs) ToHttpHeaderMatchOutputWithContext

func (i HttpHeaderMatchArgs) ToHttpHeaderMatchOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HttpHeaderMatchOutput

func (HttpHeaderMatchArgs) ToHttpHeaderMatchPtrOutput

func (i HttpHeaderMatchArgs) ToHttpHeaderMatchPtrOutput() HttpHeaderMatchPtrOutput

func (HttpHeaderMatchArgs) ToHttpHeaderMatchPtrOutputWithContext

func (i HttpHeaderMatchArgs) ToHttpHeaderMatchPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HttpHeaderMatchPtrOutput

type HttpHeaderMatchInput

type HttpHeaderMatchInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToHttpHeaderMatchOutput() HttpHeaderMatchOutput
	ToHttpHeaderMatchOutputWithContext(context.Context) HttpHeaderMatchOutput
}

HttpHeaderMatchInput is an input type that accepts HttpHeaderMatchArgs and HttpHeaderMatchOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `HttpHeaderMatchInput` via:

HttpHeaderMatchArgs{...}

type HttpHeaderMatchOutput

type HttpHeaderMatchOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Specification of HTTP header match attributes.

func (HttpHeaderMatchOutput) ElementType

func (HttpHeaderMatchOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (HttpHeaderMatchOutput) HeaderName

func (o HttpHeaderMatchOutput) HeaderName() pulumi.StringOutput

The name of the HTTP header to match. For matching against the HTTP request's authority, use a headerMatch with the header name ":authority". For matching a request's method, use the headerName ":method".

func (HttpHeaderMatchOutput) RegexMatch

func (o HttpHeaderMatchOutput) RegexMatch() pulumi.StringOutput

The value of the header must match the regular expression specified in regexMatch. For regular expression grammar, please see: en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/regex/ecmascript For matching against a port specified in the HTTP request, use a headerMatch with headerName set to Host and a regular expression that satisfies the RFC2616 Host header's port specifier.

func (HttpHeaderMatchOutput) ToHttpHeaderMatchOutput

func (o HttpHeaderMatchOutput) ToHttpHeaderMatchOutput() HttpHeaderMatchOutput

func (HttpHeaderMatchOutput) ToHttpHeaderMatchOutputWithContext

func (o HttpHeaderMatchOutput) ToHttpHeaderMatchOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HttpHeaderMatchOutput

func (HttpHeaderMatchOutput) ToHttpHeaderMatchPtrOutput

func (o HttpHeaderMatchOutput) ToHttpHeaderMatchPtrOutput() HttpHeaderMatchPtrOutput

func (HttpHeaderMatchOutput) ToHttpHeaderMatchPtrOutputWithContext

func (o HttpHeaderMatchOutput) ToHttpHeaderMatchPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HttpHeaderMatchPtrOutput

type HttpHeaderMatchPtrInput

type HttpHeaderMatchPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToHttpHeaderMatchPtrOutput() HttpHeaderMatchPtrOutput
	ToHttpHeaderMatchPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) HttpHeaderMatchPtrOutput
}

HttpHeaderMatchPtrInput is an input type that accepts HttpHeaderMatchArgs, HttpHeaderMatchPtr and HttpHeaderMatchPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `HttpHeaderMatchPtrInput` via:

        HttpHeaderMatchArgs{...}

or:

        nil

type HttpHeaderMatchPtrOutput

type HttpHeaderMatchPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (HttpHeaderMatchPtrOutput) Elem

func (HttpHeaderMatchPtrOutput) ElementType

func (HttpHeaderMatchPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (HttpHeaderMatchPtrOutput) HeaderName

The name of the HTTP header to match. For matching against the HTTP request's authority, use a headerMatch with the header name ":authority". For matching a request's method, use the headerName ":method".

func (HttpHeaderMatchPtrOutput) RegexMatch

The value of the header must match the regular expression specified in regexMatch. For regular expression grammar, please see: en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/regex/ecmascript For matching against a port specified in the HTTP request, use a headerMatch with headerName set to Host and a regular expression that satisfies the RFC2616 Host header's port specifier.

func (HttpHeaderMatchPtrOutput) ToHttpHeaderMatchPtrOutput

func (o HttpHeaderMatchPtrOutput) ToHttpHeaderMatchPtrOutput() HttpHeaderMatchPtrOutput

func (HttpHeaderMatchPtrOutput) ToHttpHeaderMatchPtrOutputWithContext

func (o HttpHeaderMatchPtrOutput) ToHttpHeaderMatchPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HttpHeaderMatchPtrOutput

type HttpHeaderMatchResponse

type HttpHeaderMatchResponse struct {
	// The name of the HTTP header to match. For matching against the HTTP request's authority, use a headerMatch with the header name ":authority". For matching a request's method, use the headerName ":method".
	HeaderName string `pulumi:"headerName"`
	// The value of the header must match the regular expression specified in regexMatch. For regular expression grammar, please see: en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/regex/ecmascript For matching against a port specified in the HTTP request, use a headerMatch with headerName set to Host and a regular expression that satisfies the RFC2616 Host header's port specifier.
	RegexMatch string `pulumi:"regexMatch"`
}

Specification of HTTP header match attributes.

type HttpHeaderMatchResponseOutput

type HttpHeaderMatchResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Specification of HTTP header match attributes.

func (HttpHeaderMatchResponseOutput) ElementType

func (HttpHeaderMatchResponseOutput) HeaderName

The name of the HTTP header to match. For matching against the HTTP request's authority, use a headerMatch with the header name ":authority". For matching a request's method, use the headerName ":method".

func (HttpHeaderMatchResponseOutput) RegexMatch

The value of the header must match the regular expression specified in regexMatch. For regular expression grammar, please see: en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/regex/ecmascript For matching against a port specified in the HTTP request, use a headerMatch with headerName set to Host and a regular expression that satisfies the RFC2616 Host header's port specifier.

func (HttpHeaderMatchResponseOutput) ToHttpHeaderMatchResponseOutput

func (o HttpHeaderMatchResponseOutput) ToHttpHeaderMatchResponseOutput() HttpHeaderMatchResponseOutput

func (HttpHeaderMatchResponseOutput) ToHttpHeaderMatchResponseOutputWithContext

func (o HttpHeaderMatchResponseOutput) ToHttpHeaderMatchResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HttpHeaderMatchResponseOutput

type LookupAddressGroupArgs added in v0.29.0

type LookupAddressGroupArgs struct {
	AddressGroupId string  `pulumi:"addressGroupId"`
	Location       string  `pulumi:"location"`
	Project        *string `pulumi:"project"`
}

type LookupAddressGroupIamPolicyArgs added in v0.28.0

type LookupAddressGroupIamPolicyArgs struct {
	AddressGroupId                string  `pulumi:"addressGroupId"`
	Location                      string  `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion *int    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       *string `pulumi:"project"`
}

type LookupAddressGroupIamPolicyOutputArgs added in v0.28.0

type LookupAddressGroupIamPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	AddressGroupId                pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"addressGroupId"`
	Location                      pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion pulumi.IntPtrInput    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
}

func (LookupAddressGroupIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.28.0

type LookupAddressGroupIamPolicyResult added in v0.28.0

type LookupAddressGroupIamPolicyResult struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs []GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponse `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings []GoogleIamV1BindingResponse `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version int `pulumi:"version"`
}

func LookupAddressGroupIamPolicy added in v0.28.0

func LookupAddressGroupIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupAddressGroupIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupAddressGroupIamPolicyResult, error)

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

type LookupAddressGroupIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.28.0

type LookupAddressGroupIamPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupAddressGroupIamPolicyResultOutput) AuditConfigs added in v0.28.0

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (LookupAddressGroupIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings added in v0.28.0

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (LookupAddressGroupIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (LookupAddressGroupIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag added in v0.28.0

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (LookupAddressGroupIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupAddressGroupIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o LookupAddressGroupIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupAddressGroupIamPolicyResultOutput() LookupAddressGroupIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupAddressGroupIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupAddressGroupIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o LookupAddressGroupIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupAddressGroupIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupAddressGroupIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupAddressGroupIamPolicyResultOutput) Version added in v0.28.0

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type LookupAddressGroupOutputArgs added in v0.29.0

type LookupAddressGroupOutputArgs struct {
	AddressGroupId pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"addressGroupId"`
	Location       pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	Project        pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
}

func (LookupAddressGroupOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.29.0

type LookupAddressGroupResult added in v0.29.0

type LookupAddressGroupResult struct {
	// Capacity of the Address Group
	Capacity int `pulumi:"capacity"`
	// The timestamp when the resource was created.
	CreateTime string `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. Free-text description of the resource.
	Description string `pulumi:"description"`
	// Optional. List of items.
	Items []string `pulumi:"items"`
	// Optional. Set of label tags associated with the AddressGroup resource.
	Labels map[string]string `pulumi:"labels"`
	// Name of the AddressGroup resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/{location}/addressGroups/`.
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
	SelfLink string `pulumi:"selfLink"`
	// The type of the Address Group. Possible values are "IPv4" or "IPV6".
	Type string `pulumi:"type"`
	// The timestamp when the resource was updated.
	UpdateTime string `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

func LookupAddressGroup added in v0.29.0

func LookupAddressGroup(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupAddressGroupArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupAddressGroupResult, error)

Gets details of a single address group.

type LookupAddressGroupResultOutput added in v0.29.0

type LookupAddressGroupResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func LookupAddressGroupOutput added in v0.29.0

func (LookupAddressGroupResultOutput) Capacity added in v0.29.0

Capacity of the Address Group

func (LookupAddressGroupResultOutput) CreateTime added in v0.29.0

The timestamp when the resource was created.

func (LookupAddressGroupResultOutput) Description added in v0.29.0

Optional. Free-text description of the resource.

func (LookupAddressGroupResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (LookupAddressGroupResultOutput) Items added in v0.29.0

Optional. List of items.

func (LookupAddressGroupResultOutput) Labels added in v0.29.0

Optional. Set of label tags associated with the AddressGroup resource.

func (LookupAddressGroupResultOutput) Name added in v0.29.0

Name of the AddressGroup resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/{location}/addressGroups/`.

Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.

func (LookupAddressGroupResultOutput) ToLookupAddressGroupResultOutput added in v0.29.0

func (o LookupAddressGroupResultOutput) ToLookupAddressGroupResultOutput() LookupAddressGroupResultOutput

func (LookupAddressGroupResultOutput) ToLookupAddressGroupResultOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (o LookupAddressGroupResultOutput) ToLookupAddressGroupResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupAddressGroupResultOutput

func (LookupAddressGroupResultOutput) Type added in v0.29.0

The type of the Address Group. Possible values are "IPv4" or "IPV6".

func (LookupAddressGroupResultOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.29.0

The timestamp when the resource was updated.

type LookupAuthorizationPolicyArgs

type LookupAuthorizationPolicyArgs struct {
	AuthorizationPolicyId string  `pulumi:"authorizationPolicyId"`
	Location              string  `pulumi:"location"`
	Project               *string `pulumi:"project"`
}

type LookupAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyArgs

type LookupAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyArgs struct {
	AuthorizationPolicyId         string  `pulumi:"authorizationPolicyId"`
	Location                      string  `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion *int    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       *string `pulumi:"project"`
}

type LookupAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyOutputArgs added in v0.8.0

type LookupAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	AuthorizationPolicyId         pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"authorizationPolicyId"`
	Location                      pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion pulumi.IntPtrInput    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
}

func (LookupAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.8.0

type LookupAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyResult

type LookupAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyResult struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs []GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponse `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings []GoogleIamV1BindingResponse `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version int `pulumi:"version"`
}

func LookupAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicy

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

type LookupAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.8.0

type LookupAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput) AuditConfigs added in v0.8.0

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (LookupAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings added in v0.8.0

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (LookupAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.8.0

func (LookupAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag added in v0.8.0

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (LookupAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.8.0

func (o LookupAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput() LookupAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext added in v0.8.0

func (o LookupAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupAuthorizationPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput) Version added in v0.8.0

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type LookupAuthorizationPolicyOutputArgs added in v0.8.0

type LookupAuthorizationPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	AuthorizationPolicyId pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"authorizationPolicyId"`
	Location              pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	Project               pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
}

func (LookupAuthorizationPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.8.0

type LookupAuthorizationPolicyResult

type LookupAuthorizationPolicyResult struct {
	// The action to take when a rule match is found. Possible values are "ALLOW" or "DENY".
	Action string `pulumi:"action"`
	// The timestamp when the resource was created.
	CreateTime string `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. Free-text description of the resource.
	Description string `pulumi:"description"`
	// Optional. Set of label tags associated with the AuthorizationPolicy resource.
	Labels map[string]string `pulumi:"labels"`
	// Name of the AuthorizationPolicy resource. It matches pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authorizationPolicies/`.
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// Optional. List of rules to match. Note that at least one of the rules must match in order for the action specified in the 'action' field to be taken. A rule is a match if there is a matching source and destination. If left blank, the action specified in the `action` field will be applied on every request.
	Rules []RuleResponse `pulumi:"rules"`
	// The timestamp when the resource was updated.
	UpdateTime string `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

func LookupAuthorizationPolicy

func LookupAuthorizationPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupAuthorizationPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupAuthorizationPolicyResult, error)

Gets details of a single AuthorizationPolicy.

type LookupAuthorizationPolicyResultOutput added in v0.8.0

type LookupAuthorizationPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupAuthorizationPolicyResultOutput) Action added in v0.8.0

The action to take when a rule match is found. Possible values are "ALLOW" or "DENY".

func (LookupAuthorizationPolicyResultOutput) CreateTime added in v0.8.0

The timestamp when the resource was created.

func (LookupAuthorizationPolicyResultOutput) Description added in v0.8.0

Optional. Free-text description of the resource.

func (LookupAuthorizationPolicyResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.8.0

func (LookupAuthorizationPolicyResultOutput) Labels added in v0.8.0

Optional. Set of label tags associated with the AuthorizationPolicy resource.

func (LookupAuthorizationPolicyResultOutput) Name added in v0.8.0

Name of the AuthorizationPolicy resource. It matches pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authorizationPolicies/`.

func (LookupAuthorizationPolicyResultOutput) Rules added in v0.8.0

Optional. List of rules to match. Note that at least one of the rules must match in order for the action specified in the 'action' field to be taken. A rule is a match if there is a matching source and destination. If left blank, the action specified in the `action` field will be applied on every request.

func (LookupAuthorizationPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupAuthorizationPolicyResultOutput added in v0.8.0

func (o LookupAuthorizationPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupAuthorizationPolicyResultOutput() LookupAuthorizationPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupAuthorizationPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupAuthorizationPolicyResultOutputWithContext added in v0.8.0

func (o LookupAuthorizationPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupAuthorizationPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupAuthorizationPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupAuthorizationPolicyResultOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.8.0

The timestamp when the resource was updated.

type LookupClientTlsPolicyArgs

type LookupClientTlsPolicyArgs struct {
	ClientTlsPolicyId string  `pulumi:"clientTlsPolicyId"`
	Location          string  `pulumi:"location"`
	Project           *string `pulumi:"project"`
}

type LookupClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyArgs

type LookupClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyArgs struct {
	ClientTlsPolicyId             string  `pulumi:"clientTlsPolicyId"`
	Location                      string  `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion *int    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       *string `pulumi:"project"`
}

type LookupClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutputArgs added in v0.8.0

type LookupClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	ClientTlsPolicyId             pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"clientTlsPolicyId"`
	Location                      pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion pulumi.IntPtrInput    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
}

func (LookupClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.8.0

type LookupClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyResult

type LookupClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyResult struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs []GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponse `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings []GoogleIamV1BindingResponse `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version int `pulumi:"version"`
}

func LookupClientTlsPolicyIamPolicy

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

type LookupClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.8.0

type LookupClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput) AuditConfigs added in v0.8.0

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (LookupClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings added in v0.8.0

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (LookupClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.8.0

func (LookupClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag added in v0.8.0

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (LookupClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.8.0

func (o LookupClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput() LookupClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext added in v0.8.0

func (o LookupClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupClientTlsPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput) Version added in v0.8.0

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type LookupClientTlsPolicyOutputArgs added in v0.8.0

type LookupClientTlsPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	ClientTlsPolicyId pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"clientTlsPolicyId"`
	Location          pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	Project           pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
}

func (LookupClientTlsPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.8.0

type LookupClientTlsPolicyResult

type LookupClientTlsPolicyResult struct {
	// Optional. Defines a mechanism to provision client identity (public and private keys) for peer to peer authentication. The presence of this dictates mTLS.
	ClientCertificate GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderResponse `pulumi:"clientCertificate"`
	// The timestamp when the resource was created.
	CreateTime string `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. Free-text description of the resource.
	Description string `pulumi:"description"`
	// Optional. Set of label tags associated with the resource.
	Labels map[string]string `pulumi:"labels"`
	// Name of the ClientTlsPolicy resource. It matches the pattern `projects/*/locations/{location}/clientTlsPolicies/{client_tls_policy}`
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// Optional. Defines the mechanism to obtain the Certificate Authority certificate to validate the server certificate. If empty, client does not validate the server certificate.
	ServerValidationCa []ValidationCAResponse `pulumi:"serverValidationCa"`
	// Optional. Server Name Indication string to present to the server during TLS handshake. E.g: "secure.example.com".
	Sni string `pulumi:"sni"`
	// The timestamp when the resource was updated.
	UpdateTime string `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

func LookupClientTlsPolicy

func LookupClientTlsPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupClientTlsPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupClientTlsPolicyResult, error)

Gets details of a single ClientTlsPolicy.

type LookupClientTlsPolicyResultOutput added in v0.8.0

type LookupClientTlsPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func LookupClientTlsPolicyOutput added in v0.8.0

func (LookupClientTlsPolicyResultOutput) ClientCertificate added in v0.8.0

Optional. Defines a mechanism to provision client identity (public and private keys) for peer to peer authentication. The presence of this dictates mTLS.

func (LookupClientTlsPolicyResultOutput) CreateTime added in v0.8.0

The timestamp when the resource was created.

func (LookupClientTlsPolicyResultOutput) Description added in v0.8.0

Optional. Free-text description of the resource.

func (LookupClientTlsPolicyResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.8.0

func (LookupClientTlsPolicyResultOutput) Labels added in v0.8.0

Optional. Set of label tags associated with the resource.

func (LookupClientTlsPolicyResultOutput) Name added in v0.8.0

Name of the ClientTlsPolicy resource. It matches the pattern `projects/*/locations/{location}/clientTlsPolicies/{client_tls_policy}`

func (LookupClientTlsPolicyResultOutput) ServerValidationCa added in v0.8.0

Optional. Defines the mechanism to obtain the Certificate Authority certificate to validate the server certificate. If empty, client does not validate the server certificate.

func (LookupClientTlsPolicyResultOutput) Sni added in v0.8.0

Optional. Server Name Indication string to present to the server during TLS handshake. E.g: "secure.example.com".

func (LookupClientTlsPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupClientTlsPolicyResultOutput added in v0.8.0

func (o LookupClientTlsPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupClientTlsPolicyResultOutput() LookupClientTlsPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupClientTlsPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupClientTlsPolicyResultOutputWithContext added in v0.8.0

func (o LookupClientTlsPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupClientTlsPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupClientTlsPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupClientTlsPolicyResultOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.8.0

The timestamp when the resource was updated.

type LookupFirewallEndpointArgs added in v0.32.0

type LookupFirewallEndpointArgs struct {
	FirewallEndpointId string `pulumi:"firewallEndpointId"`
	Location           string `pulumi:"location"`
	OrganizationId     string `pulumi:"organizationId"`
}

type LookupFirewallEndpointAssociationArgs added in v0.32.0

type LookupFirewallEndpointAssociationArgs struct {
	FirewallEndpointAssociationId string  `pulumi:"firewallEndpointAssociationId"`
	Location                      string  `pulumi:"location"`
	Project                       *string `pulumi:"project"`
}

type LookupFirewallEndpointAssociationOutputArgs added in v0.32.0

type LookupFirewallEndpointAssociationOutputArgs struct {
	FirewallEndpointAssociationId pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"firewallEndpointAssociationId"`
	Location                      pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	Project                       pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
}

func (LookupFirewallEndpointAssociationOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type LookupFirewallEndpointAssociationResult added in v0.32.0

type LookupFirewallEndpointAssociationResult struct {
	// Create time stamp
	CreateTime string `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// The URL of the FirewallEndpoint that is being associated.
	FirewallEndpoint string `pulumi:"firewallEndpoint"`
	// Optional. Labels as key value pairs
	Labels map[string]string `pulumi:"labels"`
	// name of resource
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// The URL of the network that is being associated.
	Network string `pulumi:"network"`
	// Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.
	Reconciling bool `pulumi:"reconciling"`
	// Current state of the association.
	State string `pulumi:"state"`
	// Optional. The URL of the TlsInspectionPolicy that is being associated.
	TlsInspectionPolicy string `pulumi:"tlsInspectionPolicy"`
	// Update time stamp
	UpdateTime string `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

func LookupFirewallEndpointAssociation added in v0.32.0

Gets details of a single FirewallEndpointAssociation.

type LookupFirewallEndpointAssociationResultOutput added in v0.32.0

type LookupFirewallEndpointAssociationResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupFirewallEndpointAssociationResultOutput) CreateTime added in v0.32.0

Create time stamp

func (LookupFirewallEndpointAssociationResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (LookupFirewallEndpointAssociationResultOutput) FirewallEndpoint added in v0.32.0

The URL of the FirewallEndpoint that is being associated.

func (LookupFirewallEndpointAssociationResultOutput) Labels added in v0.32.0

Optional. Labels as key value pairs

func (LookupFirewallEndpointAssociationResultOutput) Name added in v0.32.0

name of resource

func (LookupFirewallEndpointAssociationResultOutput) Network added in v0.32.0

The URL of the network that is being associated.

func (LookupFirewallEndpointAssociationResultOutput) Reconciling added in v0.32.0

Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.

func (LookupFirewallEndpointAssociationResultOutput) State added in v0.32.0

Current state of the association.

func (LookupFirewallEndpointAssociationResultOutput) TlsInspectionPolicy added in v0.32.0

Optional. The URL of the TlsInspectionPolicy that is being associated.

func (LookupFirewallEndpointAssociationResultOutput) ToLookupFirewallEndpointAssociationResultOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o LookupFirewallEndpointAssociationResultOutput) ToLookupFirewallEndpointAssociationResultOutput() LookupFirewallEndpointAssociationResultOutput

func (LookupFirewallEndpointAssociationResultOutput) ToLookupFirewallEndpointAssociationResultOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o LookupFirewallEndpointAssociationResultOutput) ToLookupFirewallEndpointAssociationResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupFirewallEndpointAssociationResultOutput

func (LookupFirewallEndpointAssociationResultOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.32.0

Update time stamp

type LookupFirewallEndpointOutputArgs added in v0.32.0

type LookupFirewallEndpointOutputArgs struct {
	FirewallEndpointId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"firewallEndpointId"`
	Location           pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"location"`
	OrganizationId     pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"organizationId"`
}

func (LookupFirewallEndpointOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type LookupFirewallEndpointResult added in v0.32.0

type LookupFirewallEndpointResult struct {
	// List of networks that are associated with this endpoint in the local zone. This is a projection of the FirewallEndpointAssociations pointing at this endpoint. A network will only appear in this list after traffic routing is fully configured. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}.
	AssociatedNetworks []string `pulumi:"associatedNetworks"`
	// Optional. Project to bill on endpoint uptime usage.
	BillingProjectId string `pulumi:"billingProjectId"`
	// Create time stamp
	CreateTime string `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. Description of the firewall endpoint. Max length 2048 characters.
	Description string `pulumi:"description"`
	// Optional. Labels as key value pairs
	Labels map[string]string `pulumi:"labels"`
	// name of resource
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.
	Reconciling bool `pulumi:"reconciling"`
	// Current state of the endpoint.
	State string `pulumi:"state"`
	// Update time stamp
	UpdateTime string `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

func LookupFirewallEndpoint added in v0.32.0

func LookupFirewallEndpoint(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupFirewallEndpointArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupFirewallEndpointResult, error)

Gets details of a single Endpoint.

type LookupFirewallEndpointResultOutput added in v0.32.0

type LookupFirewallEndpointResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func LookupFirewallEndpointOutput added in v0.32.0

func (LookupFirewallEndpointResultOutput) AssociatedNetworks added in v0.32.0

List of networks that are associated with this endpoint in the local zone. This is a projection of the FirewallEndpointAssociations pointing at this endpoint. A network will only appear in this list after traffic routing is fully configured. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}.

func (LookupFirewallEndpointResultOutput) BillingProjectId added in v0.32.0

Optional. Project to bill on endpoint uptime usage.

func (LookupFirewallEndpointResultOutput) CreateTime added in v0.32.0

Create time stamp

func (LookupFirewallEndpointResultOutput) Description added in v0.32.0

Optional. Description of the firewall endpoint. Max length 2048 characters.

func (LookupFirewallEndpointResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (LookupFirewallEndpointResultOutput) Labels added in v0.32.0

Optional. Labels as key value pairs

func (LookupFirewallEndpointResultOutput) Name added in v0.32.0

name of resource

func (LookupFirewallEndpointResultOutput) Reconciling added in v0.32.0

Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.

func (LookupFirewallEndpointResultOutput) State added in v0.32.0

Current state of the endpoint.

func (LookupFirewallEndpointResultOutput) ToLookupFirewallEndpointResultOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o LookupFirewallEndpointResultOutput) ToLookupFirewallEndpointResultOutput() LookupFirewallEndpointResultOutput

func (LookupFirewallEndpointResultOutput) ToLookupFirewallEndpointResultOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o LookupFirewallEndpointResultOutput) ToLookupFirewallEndpointResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupFirewallEndpointResultOutput

func (LookupFirewallEndpointResultOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.32.0

Update time stamp

type LookupGatewaySecurityPolicyArgs added in v0.29.0

type LookupGatewaySecurityPolicyArgs struct {
	GatewaySecurityPolicyId string  `pulumi:"gatewaySecurityPolicyId"`
	Location                string  `pulumi:"location"`
	Project                 *string `pulumi:"project"`
}

type LookupGatewaySecurityPolicyOutputArgs added in v0.29.0

type LookupGatewaySecurityPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	GatewaySecurityPolicyId pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"gatewaySecurityPolicyId"`
	Location                pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	Project                 pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
}

func (LookupGatewaySecurityPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.29.0

type LookupGatewaySecurityPolicyResult added in v0.29.0

type LookupGatewaySecurityPolicyResult struct {
	// The timestamp when the resource was created.
	CreateTime string `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. Free-text description of the resource.
	Description string `pulumi:"description"`
	// Name of the resource. Name is of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gatewaySecurityPolicies/{gateway_security_policy} gateway_security_policy should match the pattern:(^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$).
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// Optional. Name of a TLS Inspection Policy resource that defines how TLS inspection will be performed for any rule(s) which enables it.
	TlsInspectionPolicy string `pulumi:"tlsInspectionPolicy"`
	// The timestamp when the resource was updated.
	UpdateTime string `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

func LookupGatewaySecurityPolicy added in v0.29.0

func LookupGatewaySecurityPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupGatewaySecurityPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupGatewaySecurityPolicyResult, error)

Gets details of a single GatewaySecurityPolicy.

type LookupGatewaySecurityPolicyResultOutput added in v0.29.0

type LookupGatewaySecurityPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupGatewaySecurityPolicyResultOutput) CreateTime added in v0.29.0

The timestamp when the resource was created.

func (LookupGatewaySecurityPolicyResultOutput) Description added in v0.29.0

Optional. Free-text description of the resource.

func (LookupGatewaySecurityPolicyResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (LookupGatewaySecurityPolicyResultOutput) Name added in v0.29.0

Name of the resource. Name is of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gatewaySecurityPolicies/{gateway_security_policy} gateway_security_policy should match the pattern:(^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$).

func (LookupGatewaySecurityPolicyResultOutput) TlsInspectionPolicy added in v0.29.0

Optional. Name of a TLS Inspection Policy resource that defines how TLS inspection will be performed for any rule(s) which enables it.

func (LookupGatewaySecurityPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupGatewaySecurityPolicyResultOutput added in v0.29.0

func (o LookupGatewaySecurityPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupGatewaySecurityPolicyResultOutput() LookupGatewaySecurityPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupGatewaySecurityPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupGatewaySecurityPolicyResultOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (o LookupGatewaySecurityPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupGatewaySecurityPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupGatewaySecurityPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupGatewaySecurityPolicyResultOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.29.0

The timestamp when the resource was updated.

type LookupOrganizationAddressGroupArgs added in v0.29.0

type LookupOrganizationAddressGroupArgs struct {
	AddressGroupId string `pulumi:"addressGroupId"`
	Location       string `pulumi:"location"`
	OrganizationId string `pulumi:"organizationId"`
}

type LookupOrganizationAddressGroupOutputArgs added in v0.29.0

type LookupOrganizationAddressGroupOutputArgs struct {
	AddressGroupId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"addressGroupId"`
	Location       pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"location"`
	OrganizationId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"organizationId"`
}

func (LookupOrganizationAddressGroupOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.29.0

type LookupOrganizationAddressGroupResult added in v0.29.0

type LookupOrganizationAddressGroupResult struct {
	// Capacity of the Address Group
	Capacity int `pulumi:"capacity"`
	// The timestamp when the resource was created.
	CreateTime string `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. Free-text description of the resource.
	Description string `pulumi:"description"`
	// Optional. List of items.
	Items []string `pulumi:"items"`
	// Optional. Set of label tags associated with the AddressGroup resource.
	Labels map[string]string `pulumi:"labels"`
	// Name of the AddressGroup resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/{location}/addressGroups/`.
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
	SelfLink string `pulumi:"selfLink"`
	// The type of the Address Group. Possible values are "IPv4" or "IPV6".
	Type string `pulumi:"type"`
	// The timestamp when the resource was updated.
	UpdateTime string `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

func LookupOrganizationAddressGroup added in v0.29.0

Gets details of a single address group.

type LookupOrganizationAddressGroupResultOutput added in v0.29.0

type LookupOrganizationAddressGroupResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupOrganizationAddressGroupResultOutput) Capacity added in v0.29.0

Capacity of the Address Group

func (LookupOrganizationAddressGroupResultOutput) CreateTime added in v0.29.0

The timestamp when the resource was created.

func (LookupOrganizationAddressGroupResultOutput) Description added in v0.29.0

Optional. Free-text description of the resource.

func (LookupOrganizationAddressGroupResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (LookupOrganizationAddressGroupResultOutput) Items added in v0.29.0

Optional. List of items.

func (LookupOrganizationAddressGroupResultOutput) Labels added in v0.29.0

Optional. Set of label tags associated with the AddressGroup resource.

func (LookupOrganizationAddressGroupResultOutput) Name added in v0.29.0

Name of the AddressGroup resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/{location}/addressGroups/`.

Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.

func (LookupOrganizationAddressGroupResultOutput) ToLookupOrganizationAddressGroupResultOutput added in v0.29.0

func (o LookupOrganizationAddressGroupResultOutput) ToLookupOrganizationAddressGroupResultOutput() LookupOrganizationAddressGroupResultOutput

func (LookupOrganizationAddressGroupResultOutput) ToLookupOrganizationAddressGroupResultOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (o LookupOrganizationAddressGroupResultOutput) ToLookupOrganizationAddressGroupResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupOrganizationAddressGroupResultOutput

func (LookupOrganizationAddressGroupResultOutput) Type added in v0.29.0

The type of the Address Group. Possible values are "IPv4" or "IPV6".

func (LookupOrganizationAddressGroupResultOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.29.0

The timestamp when the resource was updated.

type LookupRuleArgs added in v0.29.0

type LookupRuleArgs struct {
	GatewaySecurityPolicyId string  `pulumi:"gatewaySecurityPolicyId"`
	Location                string  `pulumi:"location"`
	Project                 *string `pulumi:"project"`
	RuleId                  string  `pulumi:"ruleId"`
}

type LookupRuleOutputArgs added in v0.29.0

type LookupRuleOutputArgs struct {
	GatewaySecurityPolicyId pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"gatewaySecurityPolicyId"`
	Location                pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	Project                 pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
	RuleId                  pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"ruleId"`
}

func (LookupRuleOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (LookupRuleOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type LookupRuleResult added in v0.29.0

type LookupRuleResult struct {
	// Optional. CEL expression for matching on L7/application level criteria.
	ApplicationMatcher string `pulumi:"applicationMatcher"`
	// Profile which tells what the primitive action should be.
	BasicProfile string `pulumi:"basicProfile"`
	// Time when the rule was created.
	CreateTime string `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. Free-text description of the resource.
	Description string `pulumi:"description"`
	// Whether the rule is enforced.
	Enabled bool `pulumi:"enabled"`
	// Immutable. Name of the resource. ame is the full resource name so projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gatewaySecurityPolicies/{gateway_security_policy}/rules/{rule} rule should match the pattern: (^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$).
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// Priority of the rule. Lower number corresponds to higher precedence.
	Priority int `pulumi:"priority"`
	// CEL expression for matching on session criteria.
	SessionMatcher string `pulumi:"sessionMatcher"`
	// Optional. Flag to enable TLS inspection of traffic matching on , can only be true if the parent GatewaySecurityPolicy references a TLSInspectionConfig.
	TlsInspectionEnabled bool `pulumi:"tlsInspectionEnabled"`
	// Time when the rule was updated.
	UpdateTime string `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

func LookupRule added in v0.29.0

func LookupRule(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupRuleArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupRuleResult, error)

Gets details of a single GatewaySecurityPolicyRule.

type LookupRuleResultOutput added in v0.29.0

type LookupRuleResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func LookupRuleOutput added in v0.29.0

func LookupRuleOutput(ctx *pulumi.Context, args LookupRuleOutputArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) LookupRuleResultOutput

func (LookupRuleResultOutput) ApplicationMatcher added in v0.29.0

func (o LookupRuleResultOutput) ApplicationMatcher() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. CEL expression for matching on L7/application level criteria.

func (LookupRuleResultOutput) BasicProfile added in v0.29.0

func (o LookupRuleResultOutput) BasicProfile() pulumi.StringOutput

Profile which tells what the primitive action should be.

func (LookupRuleResultOutput) CreateTime added in v0.29.0

Time when the rule was created.

func (LookupRuleResultOutput) Description added in v0.29.0

func (o LookupRuleResultOutput) Description() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. Free-text description of the resource.

func (LookupRuleResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (LookupRuleResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LookupRuleResultOutput) Enabled added in v0.29.0

Whether the rule is enforced.

func (LookupRuleResultOutput) Name added in v0.29.0

Immutable. Name of the resource. ame is the full resource name so projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gatewaySecurityPolicies/{gateway_security_policy}/rules/{rule} rule should match the pattern: (^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$).

func (LookupRuleResultOutput) Priority added in v0.29.0

Priority of the rule. Lower number corresponds to higher precedence.

func (LookupRuleResultOutput) SessionMatcher added in v0.29.0

func (o LookupRuleResultOutput) SessionMatcher() pulumi.StringOutput

CEL expression for matching on session criteria.

func (LookupRuleResultOutput) TlsInspectionEnabled added in v0.29.0

func (o LookupRuleResultOutput) TlsInspectionEnabled() pulumi.BoolOutput

Optional. Flag to enable TLS inspection of traffic matching on , can only be true if the parent GatewaySecurityPolicy references a TLSInspectionConfig.

func (LookupRuleResultOutput) ToLookupRuleResultOutput added in v0.29.0

func (o LookupRuleResultOutput) ToLookupRuleResultOutput() LookupRuleResultOutput

func (LookupRuleResultOutput) ToLookupRuleResultOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (o LookupRuleResultOutput) ToLookupRuleResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupRuleResultOutput

func (LookupRuleResultOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.29.0

Time when the rule was updated.

type LookupSecurityProfileArgs added in v0.32.0

type LookupSecurityProfileArgs struct {
	Location          string `pulumi:"location"`
	OrganizationId    string `pulumi:"organizationId"`
	SecurityProfileId string `pulumi:"securityProfileId"`
}

type LookupSecurityProfileGroupArgs added in v0.32.0

type LookupSecurityProfileGroupArgs struct {
	Location               string `pulumi:"location"`
	OrganizationId         string `pulumi:"organizationId"`
	SecurityProfileGroupId string `pulumi:"securityProfileGroupId"`
}

type LookupSecurityProfileGroupOutputArgs added in v0.32.0

type LookupSecurityProfileGroupOutputArgs struct {
	Location               pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"location"`
	OrganizationId         pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"organizationId"`
	SecurityProfileGroupId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"securityProfileGroupId"`
}

func (LookupSecurityProfileGroupOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type LookupSecurityProfileGroupResult added in v0.32.0

type LookupSecurityProfileGroupResult struct {
	// Resource creation timestamp.
	CreateTime string `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. An optional description of the profile group. Max length 2048 characters.
	Description string `pulumi:"description"`
	// This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Optional. Labels as key value pairs.
	Labels map[string]string `pulumi:"labels"`
	// Immutable. Identifier. Name of the SecurityProfileGroup resource. It matches pattern `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/{security_profile_group}`.
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the threat prevention configuration for the SecurityProfileGroup.
	ThreatPreventionProfile string `pulumi:"threatPreventionProfile"`
	// Last resource update timestamp.
	UpdateTime string `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

func LookupSecurityProfileGroup added in v0.32.0

func LookupSecurityProfileGroup(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupSecurityProfileGroupArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupSecurityProfileGroupResult, error)

Gets details of a single SecurityProfileGroup.

type LookupSecurityProfileGroupResultOutput added in v0.32.0

type LookupSecurityProfileGroupResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupSecurityProfileGroupResultOutput) CreateTime added in v0.32.0

Resource creation timestamp.

func (LookupSecurityProfileGroupResultOutput) Description added in v0.32.0

Optional. An optional description of the profile group. Max length 2048 characters.

func (LookupSecurityProfileGroupResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (LookupSecurityProfileGroupResultOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.

func (LookupSecurityProfileGroupResultOutput) Labels added in v0.32.0

Optional. Labels as key value pairs.

func (LookupSecurityProfileGroupResultOutput) Name added in v0.32.0

Immutable. Identifier. Name of the SecurityProfileGroup resource. It matches pattern `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/{security_profile_group}`.

func (LookupSecurityProfileGroupResultOutput) ThreatPreventionProfile added in v0.32.0

func (o LookupSecurityProfileGroupResultOutput) ThreatPreventionProfile() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the threat prevention configuration for the SecurityProfileGroup.

func (LookupSecurityProfileGroupResultOutput) ToLookupSecurityProfileGroupResultOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o LookupSecurityProfileGroupResultOutput) ToLookupSecurityProfileGroupResultOutput() LookupSecurityProfileGroupResultOutput

func (LookupSecurityProfileGroupResultOutput) ToLookupSecurityProfileGroupResultOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o LookupSecurityProfileGroupResultOutput) ToLookupSecurityProfileGroupResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupSecurityProfileGroupResultOutput

func (LookupSecurityProfileGroupResultOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.32.0

Last resource update timestamp.

type LookupSecurityProfileOutputArgs added in v0.32.0

type LookupSecurityProfileOutputArgs struct {
	Location          pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"location"`
	OrganizationId    pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"organizationId"`
	SecurityProfileId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"securityProfileId"`
}

func (LookupSecurityProfileOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type LookupSecurityProfileResult added in v0.32.0

type LookupSecurityProfileResult struct {
	// Resource creation timestamp.
	CreateTime string `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. An optional description of the profile. Max length 512 characters.
	Description string `pulumi:"description"`
	// This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Optional. Labels as key value pairs.
	Labels map[string]string `pulumi:"labels"`
	// Immutable. Identifier. Name of the SecurityProfile resource. It matches pattern `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfiles/{security_profile}`.
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// The threat prevention configuration for the SecurityProfile.
	ThreatPreventionProfile ThreatPreventionProfileResponse `pulumi:"threatPreventionProfile"`
	// Immutable. The single ProfileType that the SecurityProfile resource configures.
	Type string `pulumi:"type"`
	// Last resource update timestamp.
	UpdateTime string `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

func LookupSecurityProfile added in v0.32.0

func LookupSecurityProfile(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupSecurityProfileArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupSecurityProfileResult, error)

Gets details of a single SecurityProfile.

type LookupSecurityProfileResultOutput added in v0.32.0

type LookupSecurityProfileResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func LookupSecurityProfileOutput added in v0.32.0

func (LookupSecurityProfileResultOutput) CreateTime added in v0.32.0

Resource creation timestamp.

func (LookupSecurityProfileResultOutput) Description added in v0.32.0

Optional. An optional description of the profile. Max length 512 characters.

func (LookupSecurityProfileResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (LookupSecurityProfileResultOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.

func (LookupSecurityProfileResultOutput) Labels added in v0.32.0

Optional. Labels as key value pairs.

func (LookupSecurityProfileResultOutput) Name added in v0.32.0

Immutable. Identifier. Name of the SecurityProfile resource. It matches pattern `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfiles/{security_profile}`.

func (LookupSecurityProfileResultOutput) ThreatPreventionProfile added in v0.32.0

The threat prevention configuration for the SecurityProfile.

func (LookupSecurityProfileResultOutput) ToLookupSecurityProfileResultOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o LookupSecurityProfileResultOutput) ToLookupSecurityProfileResultOutput() LookupSecurityProfileResultOutput

func (LookupSecurityProfileResultOutput) ToLookupSecurityProfileResultOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o LookupSecurityProfileResultOutput) ToLookupSecurityProfileResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupSecurityProfileResultOutput

func (LookupSecurityProfileResultOutput) Type added in v0.32.0

Immutable. The single ProfileType that the SecurityProfile resource configures.

func (LookupSecurityProfileResultOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.32.0

Last resource update timestamp.

type LookupServerTlsPolicyArgs

type LookupServerTlsPolicyArgs struct {
	Location          string  `pulumi:"location"`
	Project           *string `pulumi:"project"`
	ServerTlsPolicyId string  `pulumi:"serverTlsPolicyId"`
}

type LookupServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyArgs

type LookupServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyArgs struct {
	Location                      string  `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion *int    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       *string `pulumi:"project"`
	ServerTlsPolicyId             string  `pulumi:"serverTlsPolicyId"`
}

type LookupServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutputArgs added in v0.8.0

type LookupServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	Location                      pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion pulumi.IntPtrInput    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
	ServerTlsPolicyId             pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"serverTlsPolicyId"`
}

func (LookupServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.8.0

type LookupServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyResult

type LookupServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyResult struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs []GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponse `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings []GoogleIamV1BindingResponse `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version int `pulumi:"version"`
}

func LookupServerTlsPolicyIamPolicy

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

type LookupServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.8.0

type LookupServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput) AuditConfigs added in v0.8.0

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (LookupServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings added in v0.8.0

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (LookupServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.8.0

func (LookupServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag added in v0.8.0

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (LookupServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.8.0

func (o LookupServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput() LookupServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext added in v0.8.0

func (o LookupServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyResultOutput) Version added in v0.8.0

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type LookupServerTlsPolicyOutputArgs added in v0.8.0

type LookupServerTlsPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	Location          pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	Project           pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
	ServerTlsPolicyId pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"serverTlsPolicyId"`
}

func (LookupServerTlsPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.8.0

type LookupServerTlsPolicyResult

type LookupServerTlsPolicyResult struct {
	// This field applies only for Traffic Director policies. It is must be set to false for external HTTPS load balancer policies. Determines if server allows plaintext connections. If set to true, server allows plain text connections. By default, it is set to false. This setting is not exclusive of other encryption modes. For example, if `allow_open` and `mtls_policy` are set, server allows both plain text and mTLS connections. See documentation of other encryption modes to confirm compatibility. Consider using it if you wish to upgrade in place your deployment to TLS while having mixed TLS and non-TLS traffic reaching port :80.
	AllowOpen bool `pulumi:"allowOpen"`
	// The timestamp when the resource was created.
	CreateTime string `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Free-text description of the resource.
	Description string `pulumi:"description"`
	// Set of label tags associated with the resource.
	Labels map[string]string `pulumi:"labels"`
	// This field is required if the policy is used with external HTTPS load balancers. This field can be empty for Traffic Director. Defines a mechanism to provision peer validation certificates for peer to peer authentication (Mutual TLS - mTLS). If not specified, client certificate will not be requested. The connection is treated as TLS and not mTLS. If `allow_open` and `mtls_policy` are set, server allows both plain text and mTLS connections.
	MtlsPolicy MTLSPolicyResponse `pulumi:"mtlsPolicy"`
	// Name of the ServerTlsPolicy resource. It matches the pattern `projects/*/locations/{location}/serverTlsPolicies/{server_tls_policy}`
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// Optional if policy is to be used with Traffic Director. For external HTTPS load balancer must be empty. Defines a mechanism to provision server identity (public and private keys). Cannot be combined with `allow_open` as a permissive mode that allows both plain text and TLS is not supported.
	ServerCertificate GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderResponse `pulumi:"serverCertificate"`
	// The timestamp when the resource was updated.
	UpdateTime string `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

func LookupServerTlsPolicy

func LookupServerTlsPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupServerTlsPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupServerTlsPolicyResult, error)

Gets details of a single ServerTlsPolicy.

type LookupServerTlsPolicyResultOutput added in v0.8.0

type LookupServerTlsPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func LookupServerTlsPolicyOutput added in v0.8.0

func (LookupServerTlsPolicyResultOutput) AllowOpen added in v0.8.0

This field applies only for Traffic Director policies. It is must be set to false for external HTTPS load balancer policies. Determines if server allows plaintext connections. If set to true, server allows plain text connections. By default, it is set to false. This setting is not exclusive of other encryption modes. For example, if `allow_open` and `mtls_policy` are set, server allows both plain text and mTLS connections. See documentation of other encryption modes to confirm compatibility. Consider using it if you wish to upgrade in place your deployment to TLS while having mixed TLS and non-TLS traffic reaching port :80.

func (LookupServerTlsPolicyResultOutput) CreateTime added in v0.8.0

The timestamp when the resource was created.

func (LookupServerTlsPolicyResultOutput) Description added in v0.8.0

Free-text description of the resource.

func (LookupServerTlsPolicyResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.8.0

func (LookupServerTlsPolicyResultOutput) Labels added in v0.8.0

Set of label tags associated with the resource.

func (LookupServerTlsPolicyResultOutput) MtlsPolicy added in v0.8.0

This field is required if the policy is used with external HTTPS load balancers. This field can be empty for Traffic Director. Defines a mechanism to provision peer validation certificates for peer to peer authentication (Mutual TLS - mTLS). If not specified, client certificate will not be requested. The connection is treated as TLS and not mTLS. If `allow_open` and `mtls_policy` are set, server allows both plain text and mTLS connections.

func (LookupServerTlsPolicyResultOutput) Name added in v0.8.0

Name of the ServerTlsPolicy resource. It matches the pattern `projects/*/locations/{location}/serverTlsPolicies/{server_tls_policy}`

func (LookupServerTlsPolicyResultOutput) ServerCertificate added in v0.8.0

Optional if policy is to be used with Traffic Director. For external HTTPS load balancer must be empty. Defines a mechanism to provision server identity (public and private keys). Cannot be combined with `allow_open` as a permissive mode that allows both plain text and TLS is not supported.

func (LookupServerTlsPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupServerTlsPolicyResultOutput added in v0.8.0

func (o LookupServerTlsPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupServerTlsPolicyResultOutput() LookupServerTlsPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupServerTlsPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupServerTlsPolicyResultOutputWithContext added in v0.8.0

func (o LookupServerTlsPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupServerTlsPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupServerTlsPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupServerTlsPolicyResultOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.8.0

The timestamp when the resource was updated.

type LookupTlsInspectionPolicyArgs added in v0.29.0

type LookupTlsInspectionPolicyArgs struct {
	Location              string  `pulumi:"location"`
	Project               *string `pulumi:"project"`
	TlsInspectionPolicyId string  `pulumi:"tlsInspectionPolicyId"`
}

type LookupTlsInspectionPolicyOutputArgs added in v0.29.0

type LookupTlsInspectionPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	Location              pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	Project               pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
	TlsInspectionPolicyId pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"tlsInspectionPolicyId"`
}

func (LookupTlsInspectionPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.29.0

type LookupTlsInspectionPolicyResult added in v0.29.0

type LookupTlsInspectionPolicyResult struct {
	// A CA pool resource used to issue interception certificates. The CA pool string has a relative resource path following the form "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/caPools/{ca_pool}".
	CaPool string `pulumi:"caPool"`
	// The timestamp when the resource was created.
	CreateTime string `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. List of custom TLS cipher suites selected. This field is valid only if the selected tls_feature_profile is CUSTOM. The compute.SslPoliciesService.ListAvailableFeatures method returns the set of features that can be specified in this list. Note that Secure Web Proxy does not yet honor this field.
	CustomTlsFeatures []string `pulumi:"customTlsFeatures"`
	// Optional. Free-text description of the resource.
	Description string `pulumi:"description"`
	// Optional. If FALSE (the default), use our default set of public CAs in addition to any CAs specified in trust_config. These public CAs are currently based on the Mozilla Root Program and are subject to change over time. If TRUE, do not accept our default set of public CAs. Only CAs specified in trust_config will be accepted. This defaults to FALSE (use public CAs in addition to trust_config) for backwards compatibility, but trusting public root CAs is *not recommended* unless the traffic in question is outbound to public web servers. When possible, prefer setting this to "false" and explicitly specifying trusted CAs and certificates in a TrustConfig. Note that Secure Web Proxy does not yet honor this field.
	ExcludePublicCaSet bool `pulumi:"excludePublicCaSet"`
	// Optional. Minimum TLS version that the firewall should use when negotiating connections with both clients and servers. If this is not set, then the default value is to allow the broadest set of clients and servers (TLS 1.0 or higher). Setting this to more restrictive values may improve security, but may also prevent the firewall from connecting to some clients or servers. Note that Secure Web Proxy does not yet honor this field.
	MinTlsVersion string `pulumi:"minTlsVersion"`
	// Name of the resource. Name is of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tlsInspectionPolicies/{tls_inspection_policy} tls_inspection_policy should match the pattern:(^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$).
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// Optional. The selected Profile. If this is not set, then the default value is to allow the broadest set of clients and servers ("PROFILE_COMPATIBLE"). Setting this to more restrictive values may improve security, but may also prevent the TLS inspection proxy from connecting to some clients or servers. Note that Secure Web Proxy does not yet honor this field.
	TlsFeatureProfile string `pulumi:"tlsFeatureProfile"`
	// Optional. A TrustConfig resource used when making a connection to the TLS server. This is a relative resource path following the form "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/trustConfigs/{trust_config}". This is necessary to intercept TLS connections to servers with certificates signed by a private CA or self-signed certificates. Note that Secure Web Proxy does not yet honor this field.
	TrustConfig string `pulumi:"trustConfig"`
	// The timestamp when the resource was updated.
	UpdateTime string `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

func LookupTlsInspectionPolicy added in v0.29.0

func LookupTlsInspectionPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupTlsInspectionPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupTlsInspectionPolicyResult, error)

Gets details of a single TlsInspectionPolicy.

type LookupTlsInspectionPolicyResultOutput added in v0.29.0

type LookupTlsInspectionPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupTlsInspectionPolicyResultOutput) CaPool added in v0.29.0

A CA pool resource used to issue interception certificates. The CA pool string has a relative resource path following the form "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/caPools/{ca_pool}".

func (LookupTlsInspectionPolicyResultOutput) CreateTime added in v0.29.0

The timestamp when the resource was created.

func (LookupTlsInspectionPolicyResultOutput) CustomTlsFeatures added in v0.32.0

Optional. List of custom TLS cipher suites selected. This field is valid only if the selected tls_feature_profile is CUSTOM. The compute.SslPoliciesService.ListAvailableFeatures method returns the set of features that can be specified in this list. Note that Secure Web Proxy does not yet honor this field.

func (LookupTlsInspectionPolicyResultOutput) Description added in v0.29.0

Optional. Free-text description of the resource.

func (LookupTlsInspectionPolicyResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (LookupTlsInspectionPolicyResultOutput) ExcludePublicCaSet added in v0.32.0

Optional. If FALSE (the default), use our default set of public CAs in addition to any CAs specified in trust_config. These public CAs are currently based on the Mozilla Root Program and are subject to change over time. If TRUE, do not accept our default set of public CAs. Only CAs specified in trust_config will be accepted. This defaults to FALSE (use public CAs in addition to trust_config) for backwards compatibility, but trusting public root CAs is *not recommended* unless the traffic in question is outbound to public web servers. When possible, prefer setting this to "false" and explicitly specifying trusted CAs and certificates in a TrustConfig. Note that Secure Web Proxy does not yet honor this field.

func (LookupTlsInspectionPolicyResultOutput) MinTlsVersion added in v0.32.0

Optional. Minimum TLS version that the firewall should use when negotiating connections with both clients and servers. If this is not set, then the default value is to allow the broadest set of clients and servers (TLS 1.0 or higher). Setting this to more restrictive values may improve security, but may also prevent the firewall from connecting to some clients or servers. Note that Secure Web Proxy does not yet honor this field.

func (LookupTlsInspectionPolicyResultOutput) Name added in v0.29.0

Name of the resource. Name is of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tlsInspectionPolicies/{tls_inspection_policy} tls_inspection_policy should match the pattern:(^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$).

func (LookupTlsInspectionPolicyResultOutput) TlsFeatureProfile added in v0.32.0

Optional. The selected Profile. If this is not set, then the default value is to allow the broadest set of clients and servers ("PROFILE_COMPATIBLE"). Setting this to more restrictive values may improve security, but may also prevent the TLS inspection proxy from connecting to some clients or servers. Note that Secure Web Proxy does not yet honor this field.

func (LookupTlsInspectionPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupTlsInspectionPolicyResultOutput added in v0.29.0

func (o LookupTlsInspectionPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupTlsInspectionPolicyResultOutput() LookupTlsInspectionPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupTlsInspectionPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupTlsInspectionPolicyResultOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (o LookupTlsInspectionPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupTlsInspectionPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupTlsInspectionPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupTlsInspectionPolicyResultOutput) TrustConfig added in v0.32.0

Optional. A TrustConfig resource used when making a connection to the TLS server. This is a relative resource path following the form "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/trustConfigs/{trust_config}". This is necessary to intercept TLS connections to servers with certificates signed by a private CA or self-signed certificates. Note that Secure Web Proxy does not yet honor this field.

func (LookupTlsInspectionPolicyResultOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.29.0

The timestamp when the resource was updated.

type LookupUrlListArgs added in v0.29.0

type LookupUrlListArgs struct {
	Location  string  `pulumi:"location"`
	Project   *string `pulumi:"project"`
	UrlListId string  `pulumi:"urlListId"`
}

type LookupUrlListOutputArgs added in v0.29.0

type LookupUrlListOutputArgs struct {
	Location  pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	Project   pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
	UrlListId pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"urlListId"`
}

func (LookupUrlListOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (LookupUrlListOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type LookupUrlListResult added in v0.29.0

type LookupUrlListResult struct {
	// Time when the security policy was created.
	CreateTime string `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. Free-text description of the resource.
	Description string `pulumi:"description"`
	// Name of the resource provided by the user. Name is of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/urlLists/{url_list} url_list should match the pattern:(^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$).
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// Time when the security policy was updated.
	UpdateTime string `pulumi:"updateTime"`
	// FQDNs and URLs.
	Values []string `pulumi:"values"`
}

func LookupUrlList added in v0.29.0

func LookupUrlList(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupUrlListArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupUrlListResult, error)

Gets details of a single UrlList.

type LookupUrlListResultOutput added in v0.29.0

type LookupUrlListResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func LookupUrlListOutput added in v0.29.0

func LookupUrlListOutput(ctx *pulumi.Context, args LookupUrlListOutputArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) LookupUrlListResultOutput

func (LookupUrlListResultOutput) CreateTime added in v0.29.0

Time when the security policy was created.

func (LookupUrlListResultOutput) Description added in v0.29.0

Optional. Free-text description of the resource.

func (LookupUrlListResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (LookupUrlListResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LookupUrlListResultOutput) Name added in v0.29.0

Name of the resource provided by the user. Name is of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/urlLists/{url_list} url_list should match the pattern:(^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$).

func (LookupUrlListResultOutput) ToLookupUrlListResultOutput added in v0.29.0

func (o LookupUrlListResultOutput) ToLookupUrlListResultOutput() LookupUrlListResultOutput

func (LookupUrlListResultOutput) ToLookupUrlListResultOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (o LookupUrlListResultOutput) ToLookupUrlListResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupUrlListResultOutput

func (LookupUrlListResultOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.29.0

Time when the security policy was updated.

func (LookupUrlListResultOutput) Values added in v0.29.0

FQDNs and URLs.

type MTLSPolicy

type MTLSPolicy struct {
	// Required if the policy is to be used with Traffic Director. For external HTTPS load balancers it must be empty. Defines the mechanism to obtain the Certificate Authority certificate to validate the client certificate.
	ClientValidationCa []ValidationCA `pulumi:"clientValidationCa"`
	// When the client presents an invalid certificate or no certificate to the load balancer, the `client_validation_mode` specifies how the client connection is handled. Required if the policy is to be used with the external HTTPS load balancing. For Traffic Director it must be empty.
	ClientValidationMode *MTLSPolicyClientValidationMode `pulumi:"clientValidationMode"`
	// Reference to the TrustConfig from certificatemanager.googleapis.com namespace. If specified, the chain validation will be performed against certificates configured in the given TrustConfig. Allowed only if the policy is to be used with external HTTPS load balancers.
	ClientValidationTrustConfig *string `pulumi:"clientValidationTrustConfig"`
}

Specification of the MTLSPolicy.

type MTLSPolicyArgs

type MTLSPolicyArgs struct {
	// Required if the policy is to be used with Traffic Director. For external HTTPS load balancers it must be empty. Defines the mechanism to obtain the Certificate Authority certificate to validate the client certificate.
	ClientValidationCa ValidationCAArrayInput `pulumi:"clientValidationCa"`
	// When the client presents an invalid certificate or no certificate to the load balancer, the `client_validation_mode` specifies how the client connection is handled. Required if the policy is to be used with the external HTTPS load balancing. For Traffic Director it must be empty.
	ClientValidationMode MTLSPolicyClientValidationModePtrInput `pulumi:"clientValidationMode"`
	// Reference to the TrustConfig from certificatemanager.googleapis.com namespace. If specified, the chain validation will be performed against certificates configured in the given TrustConfig. Allowed only if the policy is to be used with external HTTPS load balancers.
	ClientValidationTrustConfig pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"clientValidationTrustConfig"`
}

Specification of the MTLSPolicy.

func (MTLSPolicyArgs) ElementType

func (MTLSPolicyArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (MTLSPolicyArgs) ToMTLSPolicyOutput

func (i MTLSPolicyArgs) ToMTLSPolicyOutput() MTLSPolicyOutput

func (MTLSPolicyArgs) ToMTLSPolicyOutputWithContext

func (i MTLSPolicyArgs) ToMTLSPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) MTLSPolicyOutput

func (MTLSPolicyArgs) ToMTLSPolicyPtrOutput

func (i MTLSPolicyArgs) ToMTLSPolicyPtrOutput() MTLSPolicyPtrOutput

func (MTLSPolicyArgs) ToMTLSPolicyPtrOutputWithContext

func (i MTLSPolicyArgs) ToMTLSPolicyPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) MTLSPolicyPtrOutput

type MTLSPolicyClientValidationMode added in v0.31.1

type MTLSPolicyClientValidationMode string

When the client presents an invalid certificate or no certificate to the load balancer, the `client_validation_mode` specifies how the client connection is handled. Required if the policy is to be used with the external HTTPS load balancing. For Traffic Director it must be empty.

func (MTLSPolicyClientValidationMode) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (MTLSPolicyClientValidationMode) ToMTLSPolicyClientValidationModeOutput added in v0.31.1

func (e MTLSPolicyClientValidationMode) ToMTLSPolicyClientValidationModeOutput() MTLSPolicyClientValidationModeOutput

func (MTLSPolicyClientValidationMode) ToMTLSPolicyClientValidationModeOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (e MTLSPolicyClientValidationMode) ToMTLSPolicyClientValidationModeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) MTLSPolicyClientValidationModeOutput

func (MTLSPolicyClientValidationMode) ToMTLSPolicyClientValidationModePtrOutput added in v0.31.1

func (e MTLSPolicyClientValidationMode) ToMTLSPolicyClientValidationModePtrOutput() MTLSPolicyClientValidationModePtrOutput

func (MTLSPolicyClientValidationMode) ToMTLSPolicyClientValidationModePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (e MTLSPolicyClientValidationMode) ToMTLSPolicyClientValidationModePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) MTLSPolicyClientValidationModePtrOutput

func (MTLSPolicyClientValidationMode) ToStringOutput added in v0.31.1

func (MTLSPolicyClientValidationMode) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (e MTLSPolicyClientValidationMode) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (MTLSPolicyClientValidationMode) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.31.1

func (MTLSPolicyClientValidationMode) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (e MTLSPolicyClientValidationMode) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type MTLSPolicyClientValidationModeInput added in v0.31.1

type MTLSPolicyClientValidationModeInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToMTLSPolicyClientValidationModeOutput() MTLSPolicyClientValidationModeOutput
	ToMTLSPolicyClientValidationModeOutputWithContext(context.Context) MTLSPolicyClientValidationModeOutput
}

MTLSPolicyClientValidationModeInput is an input type that accepts MTLSPolicyClientValidationModeArgs and MTLSPolicyClientValidationModeOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `MTLSPolicyClientValidationModeInput` via:

MTLSPolicyClientValidationModeArgs{...}

type MTLSPolicyClientValidationModeOutput added in v0.31.1

type MTLSPolicyClientValidationModeOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (MTLSPolicyClientValidationModeOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (MTLSPolicyClientValidationModeOutput) ToMTLSPolicyClientValidationModeOutput added in v0.31.1

func (o MTLSPolicyClientValidationModeOutput) ToMTLSPolicyClientValidationModeOutput() MTLSPolicyClientValidationModeOutput

func (MTLSPolicyClientValidationModeOutput) ToMTLSPolicyClientValidationModeOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (o MTLSPolicyClientValidationModeOutput) ToMTLSPolicyClientValidationModeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) MTLSPolicyClientValidationModeOutput

func (MTLSPolicyClientValidationModeOutput) ToMTLSPolicyClientValidationModePtrOutput added in v0.31.1

func (o MTLSPolicyClientValidationModeOutput) ToMTLSPolicyClientValidationModePtrOutput() MTLSPolicyClientValidationModePtrOutput

func (MTLSPolicyClientValidationModeOutput) ToMTLSPolicyClientValidationModePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (o MTLSPolicyClientValidationModeOutput) ToMTLSPolicyClientValidationModePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) MTLSPolicyClientValidationModePtrOutput

func (MTLSPolicyClientValidationModeOutput) ToStringOutput added in v0.31.1

func (MTLSPolicyClientValidationModeOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (o MTLSPolicyClientValidationModeOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (MTLSPolicyClientValidationModeOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.31.1

func (MTLSPolicyClientValidationModeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (o MTLSPolicyClientValidationModeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type MTLSPolicyClientValidationModePtrInput added in v0.31.1

type MTLSPolicyClientValidationModePtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToMTLSPolicyClientValidationModePtrOutput() MTLSPolicyClientValidationModePtrOutput
	ToMTLSPolicyClientValidationModePtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) MTLSPolicyClientValidationModePtrOutput
}

func MTLSPolicyClientValidationModePtr added in v0.31.1

func MTLSPolicyClientValidationModePtr(v string) MTLSPolicyClientValidationModePtrInput

type MTLSPolicyClientValidationModePtrOutput added in v0.31.1

type MTLSPolicyClientValidationModePtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (MTLSPolicyClientValidationModePtrOutput) Elem added in v0.31.1

func (MTLSPolicyClientValidationModePtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (MTLSPolicyClientValidationModePtrOutput) ToMTLSPolicyClientValidationModePtrOutput added in v0.31.1

func (o MTLSPolicyClientValidationModePtrOutput) ToMTLSPolicyClientValidationModePtrOutput() MTLSPolicyClientValidationModePtrOutput

func (MTLSPolicyClientValidationModePtrOutput) ToMTLSPolicyClientValidationModePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (o MTLSPolicyClientValidationModePtrOutput) ToMTLSPolicyClientValidationModePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) MTLSPolicyClientValidationModePtrOutput

func (MTLSPolicyClientValidationModePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.31.1

func (MTLSPolicyClientValidationModePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

type MTLSPolicyInput

type MTLSPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToMTLSPolicyOutput() MTLSPolicyOutput
	ToMTLSPolicyOutputWithContext(context.Context) MTLSPolicyOutput
}

MTLSPolicyInput is an input type that accepts MTLSPolicyArgs and MTLSPolicyOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `MTLSPolicyInput` via:

MTLSPolicyArgs{...}

type MTLSPolicyOutput

type MTLSPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Specification of the MTLSPolicy.

func (MTLSPolicyOutput) ClientValidationCa

func (o MTLSPolicyOutput) ClientValidationCa() ValidationCAArrayOutput

Required if the policy is to be used with Traffic Director. For external HTTPS load balancers it must be empty. Defines the mechanism to obtain the Certificate Authority certificate to validate the client certificate.

func (MTLSPolicyOutput) ClientValidationMode added in v0.31.1

When the client presents an invalid certificate or no certificate to the load balancer, the `client_validation_mode` specifies how the client connection is handled. Required if the policy is to be used with the external HTTPS load balancing. For Traffic Director it must be empty.

func (MTLSPolicyOutput) ClientValidationTrustConfig added in v0.31.1

func (o MTLSPolicyOutput) ClientValidationTrustConfig() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Reference to the TrustConfig from certificatemanager.googleapis.com namespace. If specified, the chain validation will be performed against certificates configured in the given TrustConfig. Allowed only if the policy is to be used with external HTTPS load balancers.

func (MTLSPolicyOutput) ElementType

func (MTLSPolicyOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (MTLSPolicyOutput) ToMTLSPolicyOutput

func (o MTLSPolicyOutput) ToMTLSPolicyOutput() MTLSPolicyOutput

func (MTLSPolicyOutput) ToMTLSPolicyOutputWithContext

func (o MTLSPolicyOutput) ToMTLSPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) MTLSPolicyOutput

func (MTLSPolicyOutput) ToMTLSPolicyPtrOutput

func (o MTLSPolicyOutput) ToMTLSPolicyPtrOutput() MTLSPolicyPtrOutput

func (MTLSPolicyOutput) ToMTLSPolicyPtrOutputWithContext

func (o MTLSPolicyOutput) ToMTLSPolicyPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) MTLSPolicyPtrOutput

type MTLSPolicyPtrInput

type MTLSPolicyPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToMTLSPolicyPtrOutput() MTLSPolicyPtrOutput
	ToMTLSPolicyPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) MTLSPolicyPtrOutput
}

MTLSPolicyPtrInput is an input type that accepts MTLSPolicyArgs, MTLSPolicyPtr and MTLSPolicyPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `MTLSPolicyPtrInput` via:

        MTLSPolicyArgs{...}

or:

        nil

func MTLSPolicyPtr

func MTLSPolicyPtr(v *MTLSPolicyArgs) MTLSPolicyPtrInput

type MTLSPolicyPtrOutput

type MTLSPolicyPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (MTLSPolicyPtrOutput) ClientValidationCa

func (o MTLSPolicyPtrOutput) ClientValidationCa() ValidationCAArrayOutput

Required if the policy is to be used with Traffic Director. For external HTTPS load balancers it must be empty. Defines the mechanism to obtain the Certificate Authority certificate to validate the client certificate.

func (MTLSPolicyPtrOutput) ClientValidationMode added in v0.31.1

When the client presents an invalid certificate or no certificate to the load balancer, the `client_validation_mode` specifies how the client connection is handled. Required if the policy is to be used with the external HTTPS load balancing. For Traffic Director it must be empty.

func (MTLSPolicyPtrOutput) ClientValidationTrustConfig added in v0.31.1

func (o MTLSPolicyPtrOutput) ClientValidationTrustConfig() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Reference to the TrustConfig from certificatemanager.googleapis.com namespace. If specified, the chain validation will be performed against certificates configured in the given TrustConfig. Allowed only if the policy is to be used with external HTTPS load balancers.

func (MTLSPolicyPtrOutput) Elem

func (MTLSPolicyPtrOutput) ElementType

func (MTLSPolicyPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (MTLSPolicyPtrOutput) ToMTLSPolicyPtrOutput

func (o MTLSPolicyPtrOutput) ToMTLSPolicyPtrOutput() MTLSPolicyPtrOutput

func (MTLSPolicyPtrOutput) ToMTLSPolicyPtrOutputWithContext

func (o MTLSPolicyPtrOutput) ToMTLSPolicyPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) MTLSPolicyPtrOutput

type MTLSPolicyResponse

type MTLSPolicyResponse struct {
	// Required if the policy is to be used with Traffic Director. For external HTTPS load balancers it must be empty. Defines the mechanism to obtain the Certificate Authority certificate to validate the client certificate.
	ClientValidationCa []ValidationCAResponse `pulumi:"clientValidationCa"`
	// When the client presents an invalid certificate or no certificate to the load balancer, the `client_validation_mode` specifies how the client connection is handled. Required if the policy is to be used with the external HTTPS load balancing. For Traffic Director it must be empty.
	ClientValidationMode string `pulumi:"clientValidationMode"`
	// Reference to the TrustConfig from certificatemanager.googleapis.com namespace. If specified, the chain validation will be performed against certificates configured in the given TrustConfig. Allowed only if the policy is to be used with external HTTPS load balancers.
	ClientValidationTrustConfig string `pulumi:"clientValidationTrustConfig"`
}

Specification of the MTLSPolicy.

type MTLSPolicyResponseOutput

type MTLSPolicyResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Specification of the MTLSPolicy.

func (MTLSPolicyResponseOutput) ClientValidationCa

Required if the policy is to be used with Traffic Director. For external HTTPS load balancers it must be empty. Defines the mechanism to obtain the Certificate Authority certificate to validate the client certificate.

func (MTLSPolicyResponseOutput) ClientValidationMode added in v0.31.1

func (o MTLSPolicyResponseOutput) ClientValidationMode() pulumi.StringOutput

When the client presents an invalid certificate or no certificate to the load balancer, the `client_validation_mode` specifies how the client connection is handled. Required if the policy is to be used with the external HTTPS load balancing. For Traffic Director it must be empty.

func (MTLSPolicyResponseOutput) ClientValidationTrustConfig added in v0.31.1

func (o MTLSPolicyResponseOutput) ClientValidationTrustConfig() pulumi.StringOutput

Reference to the TrustConfig from certificatemanager.googleapis.com namespace. If specified, the chain validation will be performed against certificates configured in the given TrustConfig. Allowed only if the policy is to be used with external HTTPS load balancers.

func (MTLSPolicyResponseOutput) ElementType

func (MTLSPolicyResponseOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (MTLSPolicyResponseOutput) ToMTLSPolicyResponseOutput

func (o MTLSPolicyResponseOutput) ToMTLSPolicyResponseOutput() MTLSPolicyResponseOutput

func (MTLSPolicyResponseOutput) ToMTLSPolicyResponseOutputWithContext

func (o MTLSPolicyResponseOutput) ToMTLSPolicyResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) MTLSPolicyResponseOutput

type OrganizationAddressGroup added in v0.29.0

type OrganizationAddressGroup struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Required. Short name of the AddressGroup resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. "authz_policy".
	AddressGroupId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"addressGroupId"`
	// Capacity of the Address Group
	Capacity pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"capacity"`
	// The timestamp when the resource was created.
	CreateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. Free-text description of the resource.
	Description pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"description"`
	// Optional. List of items.
	Items pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"items"`
	// Optional. Set of label tags associated with the AddressGroup resource.
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapOutput `pulumi:"labels"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput    `pulumi:"location"`
	// Name of the AddressGroup resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/{location}/addressGroups/`.
	Name           pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	OrganizationId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"organizationId"`
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"requestId"`
	// Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
	SelfLink pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"selfLink"`
	// The type of the Address Group. Possible values are "IPv4" or "IPV6".
	Type pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"type"`
	// The timestamp when the resource was updated.
	UpdateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

Creates a new address group in a given project and location. Auto-naming is currently not supported for this resource.

func GetOrganizationAddressGroup added in v0.29.0

func GetOrganizationAddressGroup(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *OrganizationAddressGroupState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*OrganizationAddressGroup, error)

GetOrganizationAddressGroup gets an existing OrganizationAddressGroup resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewOrganizationAddressGroup added in v0.29.0

func NewOrganizationAddressGroup(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *OrganizationAddressGroupArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*OrganizationAddressGroup, error)

NewOrganizationAddressGroup registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*OrganizationAddressGroup) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (*OrganizationAddressGroup) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*OrganizationAddressGroup) ToOrganizationAddressGroupOutput added in v0.29.0

func (i *OrganizationAddressGroup) ToOrganizationAddressGroupOutput() OrganizationAddressGroupOutput

func (*OrganizationAddressGroup) ToOrganizationAddressGroupOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (i *OrganizationAddressGroup) ToOrganizationAddressGroupOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationAddressGroupOutput

type OrganizationAddressGroupArgs added in v0.29.0

type OrganizationAddressGroupArgs struct {
	// Required. Short name of the AddressGroup resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. "authz_policy".
	AddressGroupId pulumi.StringInput
	// Capacity of the Address Group
	Capacity pulumi.IntInput
	// Optional. Free-text description of the resource.
	Description pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. List of items.
	Items pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// Optional. Set of label tags associated with the AddressGroup resource.
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapInput
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Name of the AddressGroup resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/{location}/addressGroups/`.
	Name           pulumi.StringInput
	OrganizationId pulumi.StringInput
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The type of the Address Group. Possible values are "IPv4" or "IPV6".
	Type OrganizationAddressGroupTypeInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a OrganizationAddressGroup resource.

func (OrganizationAddressGroupArgs) ElementType added in v0.29.0

type OrganizationAddressGroupInput added in v0.29.0

type OrganizationAddressGroupInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToOrganizationAddressGroupOutput() OrganizationAddressGroupOutput
	ToOrganizationAddressGroupOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationAddressGroupOutput
}

type OrganizationAddressGroupOutput added in v0.29.0

type OrganizationAddressGroupOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (OrganizationAddressGroupOutput) AddressGroupId added in v0.29.0

Required. Short name of the AddressGroup resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. "authz_policy".

func (OrganizationAddressGroupOutput) Capacity added in v0.29.0

Capacity of the Address Group

func (OrganizationAddressGroupOutput) CreateTime added in v0.29.0

The timestamp when the resource was created.

func (OrganizationAddressGroupOutput) Description added in v0.29.0

Optional. Free-text description of the resource.

func (OrganizationAddressGroupOutput) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (OrganizationAddressGroupOutput) Items added in v0.29.0

Optional. List of items.

func (OrganizationAddressGroupOutput) Labels added in v0.29.0

Optional. Set of label tags associated with the AddressGroup resource.

func (OrganizationAddressGroupOutput) Location added in v0.29.0

func (OrganizationAddressGroupOutput) Name added in v0.29.0

Name of the AddressGroup resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/{location}/addressGroups/`.

func (OrganizationAddressGroupOutput) OrganizationId added in v0.29.0

func (OrganizationAddressGroupOutput) RequestId added in v0.29.0

Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).

Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.

func (OrganizationAddressGroupOutput) ToOrganizationAddressGroupOutput added in v0.29.0

func (o OrganizationAddressGroupOutput) ToOrganizationAddressGroupOutput() OrganizationAddressGroupOutput

func (OrganizationAddressGroupOutput) ToOrganizationAddressGroupOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (o OrganizationAddressGroupOutput) ToOrganizationAddressGroupOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationAddressGroupOutput

func (OrganizationAddressGroupOutput) Type added in v0.29.0

The type of the Address Group. Possible values are "IPv4" or "IPV6".

func (OrganizationAddressGroupOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.29.0

The timestamp when the resource was updated.

type OrganizationAddressGroupState added in v0.29.0

type OrganizationAddressGroupState struct {
}

func (OrganizationAddressGroupState) ElementType added in v0.29.0

type OrganizationAddressGroupType added in v0.29.0

type OrganizationAddressGroupType string

Required. The type of the Address Group. Possible values are "IPv4" or "IPV6".

func (OrganizationAddressGroupType) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (OrganizationAddressGroupType) ToOrganizationAddressGroupTypeOutput added in v0.29.0

func (e OrganizationAddressGroupType) ToOrganizationAddressGroupTypeOutput() OrganizationAddressGroupTypeOutput

func (OrganizationAddressGroupType) ToOrganizationAddressGroupTypeOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (e OrganizationAddressGroupType) ToOrganizationAddressGroupTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationAddressGroupTypeOutput

func (OrganizationAddressGroupType) ToOrganizationAddressGroupTypePtrOutput added in v0.29.0

func (e OrganizationAddressGroupType) ToOrganizationAddressGroupTypePtrOutput() OrganizationAddressGroupTypePtrOutput

func (OrganizationAddressGroupType) ToOrganizationAddressGroupTypePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (e OrganizationAddressGroupType) ToOrganizationAddressGroupTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationAddressGroupTypePtrOutput

func (OrganizationAddressGroupType) ToStringOutput added in v0.29.0

func (OrganizationAddressGroupType) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (e OrganizationAddressGroupType) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (OrganizationAddressGroupType) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.29.0

func (e OrganizationAddressGroupType) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (OrganizationAddressGroupType) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (e OrganizationAddressGroupType) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type OrganizationAddressGroupTypeInput added in v0.29.0

type OrganizationAddressGroupTypeInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToOrganizationAddressGroupTypeOutput() OrganizationAddressGroupTypeOutput
	ToOrganizationAddressGroupTypeOutputWithContext(context.Context) OrganizationAddressGroupTypeOutput
}

OrganizationAddressGroupTypeInput is an input type that accepts OrganizationAddressGroupTypeArgs and OrganizationAddressGroupTypeOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `OrganizationAddressGroupTypeInput` via:

OrganizationAddressGroupTypeArgs{...}

type OrganizationAddressGroupTypeOutput added in v0.29.0

type OrganizationAddressGroupTypeOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (OrganizationAddressGroupTypeOutput) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (OrganizationAddressGroupTypeOutput) ToOrganizationAddressGroupTypeOutput added in v0.29.0

func (o OrganizationAddressGroupTypeOutput) ToOrganizationAddressGroupTypeOutput() OrganizationAddressGroupTypeOutput

func (OrganizationAddressGroupTypeOutput) ToOrganizationAddressGroupTypeOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (o OrganizationAddressGroupTypeOutput) ToOrganizationAddressGroupTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationAddressGroupTypeOutput

func (OrganizationAddressGroupTypeOutput) ToOrganizationAddressGroupTypePtrOutput added in v0.29.0

func (o OrganizationAddressGroupTypeOutput) ToOrganizationAddressGroupTypePtrOutput() OrganizationAddressGroupTypePtrOutput

func (OrganizationAddressGroupTypeOutput) ToOrganizationAddressGroupTypePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (o OrganizationAddressGroupTypeOutput) ToOrganizationAddressGroupTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationAddressGroupTypePtrOutput

func (OrganizationAddressGroupTypeOutput) ToStringOutput added in v0.29.0

func (OrganizationAddressGroupTypeOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (o OrganizationAddressGroupTypeOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (OrganizationAddressGroupTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.29.0

func (OrganizationAddressGroupTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (o OrganizationAddressGroupTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type OrganizationAddressGroupTypePtrInput added in v0.29.0

type OrganizationAddressGroupTypePtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToOrganizationAddressGroupTypePtrOutput() OrganizationAddressGroupTypePtrOutput
	ToOrganizationAddressGroupTypePtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) OrganizationAddressGroupTypePtrOutput
}

func OrganizationAddressGroupTypePtr added in v0.29.0

func OrganizationAddressGroupTypePtr(v string) OrganizationAddressGroupTypePtrInput

type OrganizationAddressGroupTypePtrOutput added in v0.29.0

type OrganizationAddressGroupTypePtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (OrganizationAddressGroupTypePtrOutput) Elem added in v0.29.0

func (OrganizationAddressGroupTypePtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (OrganizationAddressGroupTypePtrOutput) ToOrganizationAddressGroupTypePtrOutput added in v0.29.0

func (o OrganizationAddressGroupTypePtrOutput) ToOrganizationAddressGroupTypePtrOutput() OrganizationAddressGroupTypePtrOutput

func (OrganizationAddressGroupTypePtrOutput) ToOrganizationAddressGroupTypePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (o OrganizationAddressGroupTypePtrOutput) ToOrganizationAddressGroupTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationAddressGroupTypePtrOutput

func (OrganizationAddressGroupTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.29.0

func (OrganizationAddressGroupTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (o OrganizationAddressGroupTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type Rule

type Rule struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Optional. CEL expression for matching on L7/application level criteria.
	ApplicationMatcher pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"applicationMatcher"`
	// Profile which tells what the primitive action should be.
	BasicProfile pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"basicProfile"`
	// Time when the rule was created.
	CreateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. Free-text description of the resource.
	Description pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"description"`
	// Whether the rule is enforced.
	Enabled                 pulumi.BoolOutput   `pulumi:"enabled"`
	GatewaySecurityPolicyId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"gatewaySecurityPolicyId"`
	// The ID to use for the rule, which will become the final component of the rule's resource name. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
	GatewaySecurityPolicyRuleId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"gatewaySecurityPolicyRuleId"`
	Location                    pulumi.StringOutput    `pulumi:"location"`
	// Immutable. Name of the resource. ame is the full resource name so projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gatewaySecurityPolicies/{gateway_security_policy}/rules/{rule} rule should match the pattern: (^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$).
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// Priority of the rule. Lower number corresponds to higher precedence.
	Priority pulumi.IntOutput    `pulumi:"priority"`
	Project  pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// CEL expression for matching on session criteria.
	SessionMatcher pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"sessionMatcher"`
	// Optional. Flag to enable TLS inspection of traffic matching on , can only be true if the parent GatewaySecurityPolicy references a TLSInspectionConfig.
	TlsInspectionEnabled pulumi.BoolOutput `pulumi:"tlsInspectionEnabled"`
	// Time when the rule was updated.
	UpdateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

Creates a new GatewaySecurityPolicy in a given project and location. Auto-naming is currently not supported for this resource.

func GetRule added in v0.29.0

func GetRule(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *RuleState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*Rule, error)

GetRule gets an existing Rule resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewRule added in v0.29.0

func NewRule(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *RuleArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*Rule, error)

NewRule registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*Rule) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (*Rule) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*Rule) ToRuleOutput added in v0.29.0

func (i *Rule) ToRuleOutput() RuleOutput

func (*Rule) ToRuleOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (i *Rule) ToRuleOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleOutput

type RuleArgs

type RuleArgs struct {
	// Optional. CEL expression for matching on L7/application level criteria.
	ApplicationMatcher pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Profile which tells what the primitive action should be.
	BasicProfile RuleBasicProfileInput
	// Optional. Free-text description of the resource.
	Description pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Whether the rule is enforced.
	Enabled                 pulumi.BoolInput
	GatewaySecurityPolicyId pulumi.StringInput
	// The ID to use for the rule, which will become the final component of the rule's resource name. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.
	GatewaySecurityPolicyRuleId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Location                    pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Immutable. Name of the resource. ame is the full resource name so projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gatewaySecurityPolicies/{gateway_security_policy}/rules/{rule} rule should match the pattern: (^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$).
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// Priority of the rule. Lower number corresponds to higher precedence.
	Priority pulumi.IntInput
	Project  pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// CEL expression for matching on session criteria.
	SessionMatcher pulumi.StringInput
	// Optional. Flag to enable TLS inspection of traffic matching on , can only be true if the parent GatewaySecurityPolicy references a TLSInspectionConfig.
	TlsInspectionEnabled pulumi.BoolPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a Rule resource.

func (RuleArgs) ElementType

func (RuleArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type RuleBasicProfile added in v0.29.0

type RuleBasicProfile string

Required. Profile which tells what the primitive action should be.

func (RuleBasicProfile) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (RuleBasicProfile) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleBasicProfile) ToRuleBasicProfileOutput added in v0.29.0

func (e RuleBasicProfile) ToRuleBasicProfileOutput() RuleBasicProfileOutput

func (RuleBasicProfile) ToRuleBasicProfileOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (e RuleBasicProfile) ToRuleBasicProfileOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleBasicProfileOutput

func (RuleBasicProfile) ToRuleBasicProfilePtrOutput added in v0.29.0

func (e RuleBasicProfile) ToRuleBasicProfilePtrOutput() RuleBasicProfilePtrOutput

func (RuleBasicProfile) ToRuleBasicProfilePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (e RuleBasicProfile) ToRuleBasicProfilePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleBasicProfilePtrOutput

func (RuleBasicProfile) ToStringOutput added in v0.29.0

func (e RuleBasicProfile) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (RuleBasicProfile) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (e RuleBasicProfile) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (RuleBasicProfile) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.29.0

func (e RuleBasicProfile) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (RuleBasicProfile) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (e RuleBasicProfile) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type RuleBasicProfileInput added in v0.29.0

type RuleBasicProfileInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToRuleBasicProfileOutput() RuleBasicProfileOutput
	ToRuleBasicProfileOutputWithContext(context.Context) RuleBasicProfileOutput
}

RuleBasicProfileInput is an input type that accepts RuleBasicProfileArgs and RuleBasicProfileOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `RuleBasicProfileInput` via:

RuleBasicProfileArgs{...}

type RuleBasicProfileOutput added in v0.29.0

type RuleBasicProfileOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (RuleBasicProfileOutput) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (RuleBasicProfileOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleBasicProfileOutput) ToRuleBasicProfileOutput added in v0.29.0

func (o RuleBasicProfileOutput) ToRuleBasicProfileOutput() RuleBasicProfileOutput

func (RuleBasicProfileOutput) ToRuleBasicProfileOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (o RuleBasicProfileOutput) ToRuleBasicProfileOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleBasicProfileOutput

func (RuleBasicProfileOutput) ToRuleBasicProfilePtrOutput added in v0.29.0

func (o RuleBasicProfileOutput) ToRuleBasicProfilePtrOutput() RuleBasicProfilePtrOutput

func (RuleBasicProfileOutput) ToRuleBasicProfilePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (o RuleBasicProfileOutput) ToRuleBasicProfilePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleBasicProfilePtrOutput

func (RuleBasicProfileOutput) ToStringOutput added in v0.29.0

func (o RuleBasicProfileOutput) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (RuleBasicProfileOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (o RuleBasicProfileOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (RuleBasicProfileOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.29.0

func (o RuleBasicProfileOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (RuleBasicProfileOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (o RuleBasicProfileOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type RuleBasicProfilePtrInput added in v0.29.0

type RuleBasicProfilePtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToRuleBasicProfilePtrOutput() RuleBasicProfilePtrOutput
	ToRuleBasicProfilePtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) RuleBasicProfilePtrOutput
}

func RuleBasicProfilePtr added in v0.29.0

func RuleBasicProfilePtr(v string) RuleBasicProfilePtrInput

type RuleBasicProfilePtrOutput added in v0.29.0

type RuleBasicProfilePtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (RuleBasicProfilePtrOutput) Elem added in v0.29.0

func (RuleBasicProfilePtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (RuleBasicProfilePtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleBasicProfilePtrOutput) ToRuleBasicProfilePtrOutput added in v0.29.0

func (o RuleBasicProfilePtrOutput) ToRuleBasicProfilePtrOutput() RuleBasicProfilePtrOutput

func (RuleBasicProfilePtrOutput) ToRuleBasicProfilePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (o RuleBasicProfilePtrOutput) ToRuleBasicProfilePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleBasicProfilePtrOutput

func (RuleBasicProfilePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.29.0

func (o RuleBasicProfilePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (RuleBasicProfilePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (o RuleBasicProfilePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type RuleInput

type RuleInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToRuleOutput() RuleOutput
	ToRuleOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleOutput
}

type RuleOutput

type RuleOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (RuleOutput) ApplicationMatcher added in v0.29.0

func (o RuleOutput) ApplicationMatcher() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. CEL expression for matching on L7/application level criteria.

func (RuleOutput) BasicProfile added in v0.29.0

func (o RuleOutput) BasicProfile() pulumi.StringOutput

Profile which tells what the primitive action should be.

func (RuleOutput) CreateTime added in v0.29.0

func (o RuleOutput) CreateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

Time when the rule was created.

func (RuleOutput) Description added in v0.29.0

func (o RuleOutput) Description() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. Free-text description of the resource.

func (RuleOutput) ElementType

func (RuleOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleOutput) Enabled added in v0.29.0

func (o RuleOutput) Enabled() pulumi.BoolOutput

Whether the rule is enforced.

func (RuleOutput) GatewaySecurityPolicyId added in v0.29.0

func (o RuleOutput) GatewaySecurityPolicyId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (RuleOutput) GatewaySecurityPolicyRuleId added in v0.29.0

func (o RuleOutput) GatewaySecurityPolicyRuleId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

The ID to use for the rule, which will become the final component of the rule's resource name. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/.

func (RuleOutput) Location added in v0.29.0

func (o RuleOutput) Location() pulumi.StringOutput

func (RuleOutput) Name added in v0.29.0

func (o RuleOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

Immutable. Name of the resource. ame is the full resource name so projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gatewaySecurityPolicies/{gateway_security_policy}/rules/{rule} rule should match the pattern: (^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$).

func (RuleOutput) Priority added in v0.29.0

func (o RuleOutput) Priority() pulumi.IntOutput

Priority of the rule. Lower number corresponds to higher precedence.

func (RuleOutput) Project added in v0.29.0

func (o RuleOutput) Project() pulumi.StringOutput

func (RuleOutput) SessionMatcher added in v0.29.0

func (o RuleOutput) SessionMatcher() pulumi.StringOutput

CEL expression for matching on session criteria.

func (RuleOutput) TlsInspectionEnabled added in v0.29.0

func (o RuleOutput) TlsInspectionEnabled() pulumi.BoolOutput

Optional. Flag to enable TLS inspection of traffic matching on , can only be true if the parent GatewaySecurityPolicy references a TLSInspectionConfig.

func (RuleOutput) ToRuleOutput

func (o RuleOutput) ToRuleOutput() RuleOutput

func (RuleOutput) ToRuleOutputWithContext

func (o RuleOutput) ToRuleOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleOutput

func (RuleOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.29.0

func (o RuleOutput) UpdateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

Time when the rule was updated.

type RuleResponse

type RuleResponse struct {
	// Optional. List of attributes for the traffic destination. All of the destinations must match. A destination is a match if a request matches all the specified hosts, ports, methods and headers. If not set, the action specified in the 'action' field will be applied without any rule checks for the destination.
	Destinations []DestinationResponse `pulumi:"destinations"`
	// Optional. List of attributes for the traffic source. All of the sources must match. A source is a match if both principals and ip_blocks match. If not set, the action specified in the 'action' field will be applied without any rule checks for the source.
	Sources []SourceResponse `pulumi:"sources"`
}

Specification of rules.

type RuleResponseArrayOutput

type RuleResponseArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (RuleResponseArrayOutput) ElementType

func (RuleResponseArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleResponseArrayOutput) Index

func (RuleResponseArrayOutput) ToRuleResponseArrayOutput

func (o RuleResponseArrayOutput) ToRuleResponseArrayOutput() RuleResponseArrayOutput

func (RuleResponseArrayOutput) ToRuleResponseArrayOutputWithContext

func (o RuleResponseArrayOutput) ToRuleResponseArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleResponseArrayOutput

type RuleResponseOutput

type RuleResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Specification of rules.

func (RuleResponseOutput) Destinations

Optional. List of attributes for the traffic destination. All of the destinations must match. A destination is a match if a request matches all the specified hosts, ports, methods and headers. If not set, the action specified in the 'action' field will be applied without any rule checks for the destination.

func (RuleResponseOutput) ElementType

func (RuleResponseOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleResponseOutput) Sources

Optional. List of attributes for the traffic source. All of the sources must match. A source is a match if both principals and ip_blocks match. If not set, the action specified in the 'action' field will be applied without any rule checks for the source.

func (RuleResponseOutput) ToRuleResponseOutput

func (o RuleResponseOutput) ToRuleResponseOutput() RuleResponseOutput

func (RuleResponseOutput) ToRuleResponseOutputWithContext

func (o RuleResponseOutput) ToRuleResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleResponseOutput

type RuleState added in v0.29.0

type RuleState struct {
}

func (RuleState) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (RuleState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type RuleType added in v0.29.0

type RuleType struct {
	// Optional. List of attributes for the traffic destination. All of the destinations must match. A destination is a match if a request matches all the specified hosts, ports, methods and headers. If not set, the action specified in the 'action' field will be applied without any rule checks for the destination.
	Destinations []Destination `pulumi:"destinations"`
	// Optional. List of attributes for the traffic source. All of the sources must match. A source is a match if both principals and ip_blocks match. If not set, the action specified in the 'action' field will be applied without any rule checks for the source.
	Sources []Source `pulumi:"sources"`
}

Specification of rules.

type RuleTypeArgs added in v0.29.0

type RuleTypeArgs struct {
	// Optional. List of attributes for the traffic destination. All of the destinations must match. A destination is a match if a request matches all the specified hosts, ports, methods and headers. If not set, the action specified in the 'action' field will be applied without any rule checks for the destination.
	Destinations DestinationArrayInput `pulumi:"destinations"`
	// Optional. List of attributes for the traffic source. All of the sources must match. A source is a match if both principals and ip_blocks match. If not set, the action specified in the 'action' field will be applied without any rule checks for the source.
	Sources SourceArrayInput `pulumi:"sources"`
}

Specification of rules.

func (RuleTypeArgs) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (RuleTypeArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleTypeArgs) ToRuleTypeOutput added in v0.29.0

func (i RuleTypeArgs) ToRuleTypeOutput() RuleTypeOutput

func (RuleTypeArgs) ToRuleTypeOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (i RuleTypeArgs) ToRuleTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleTypeOutput

type RuleTypeArray added in v0.29.0

type RuleTypeArray []RuleTypeInput

func (RuleTypeArray) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (RuleTypeArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleTypeArray) ToRuleTypeArrayOutput added in v0.29.0

func (i RuleTypeArray) ToRuleTypeArrayOutput() RuleTypeArrayOutput

func (RuleTypeArray) ToRuleTypeArrayOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (i RuleTypeArray) ToRuleTypeArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleTypeArrayOutput

type RuleTypeArrayInput added in v0.29.0

type RuleTypeArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToRuleTypeArrayOutput() RuleTypeArrayOutput
	ToRuleTypeArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) RuleTypeArrayOutput
}

RuleTypeArrayInput is an input type that accepts RuleTypeArray and RuleTypeArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `RuleTypeArrayInput` via:

RuleTypeArray{ RuleTypeArgs{...} }

type RuleTypeArrayOutput added in v0.29.0

type RuleTypeArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (RuleTypeArrayOutput) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (RuleTypeArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleTypeArrayOutput) Index added in v0.29.0

func (RuleTypeArrayOutput) ToRuleTypeArrayOutput added in v0.29.0

func (o RuleTypeArrayOutput) ToRuleTypeArrayOutput() RuleTypeArrayOutput

func (RuleTypeArrayOutput) ToRuleTypeArrayOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (o RuleTypeArrayOutput) ToRuleTypeArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleTypeArrayOutput

type RuleTypeInput added in v0.29.0

type RuleTypeInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToRuleTypeOutput() RuleTypeOutput
	ToRuleTypeOutputWithContext(context.Context) RuleTypeOutput
}

RuleTypeInput is an input type that accepts RuleTypeArgs and RuleTypeOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `RuleTypeInput` via:

RuleTypeArgs{...}

type RuleTypeOutput added in v0.29.0

type RuleTypeOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Specification of rules.

func (RuleTypeOutput) Destinations added in v0.29.0

func (o RuleTypeOutput) Destinations() DestinationArrayOutput

Optional. List of attributes for the traffic destination. All of the destinations must match. A destination is a match if a request matches all the specified hosts, ports, methods and headers. If not set, the action specified in the 'action' field will be applied without any rule checks for the destination.

func (RuleTypeOutput) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (RuleTypeOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleTypeOutput) Sources added in v0.29.0

func (o RuleTypeOutput) Sources() SourceArrayOutput

Optional. List of attributes for the traffic source. All of the sources must match. A source is a match if both principals and ip_blocks match. If not set, the action specified in the 'action' field will be applied without any rule checks for the source.

func (RuleTypeOutput) ToRuleTypeOutput added in v0.29.0

func (o RuleTypeOutput) ToRuleTypeOutput() RuleTypeOutput

func (RuleTypeOutput) ToRuleTypeOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (o RuleTypeOutput) ToRuleTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleTypeOutput

type SecurityProfile added in v0.32.0

type SecurityProfile struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Resource creation timestamp.
	CreateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. An optional description of the profile. Max length 512 characters.
	Description pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"description"`
	// This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Optional. Labels as key value pairs.
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapOutput `pulumi:"labels"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput    `pulumi:"location"`
	// Immutable. Identifier. Name of the SecurityProfile resource. It matches pattern `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfiles/{security_profile}`.
	Name           pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	OrganizationId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"organizationId"`
	// Required. Short name of the SecurityProfile resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. "security_profile1".
	SecurityProfileId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"securityProfileId"`
	// The threat prevention configuration for the SecurityProfile.
	ThreatPreventionProfile ThreatPreventionProfileResponseOutput `pulumi:"threatPreventionProfile"`
	// Immutable. The single ProfileType that the SecurityProfile resource configures.
	Type pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"type"`
	// Last resource update timestamp.
	UpdateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

Creates a new SecurityProfile in a given organization and location. Auto-naming is currently not supported for this resource.

func GetSecurityProfile added in v0.32.0

func GetSecurityProfile(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *SecurityProfileState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*SecurityProfile, error)

GetSecurityProfile gets an existing SecurityProfile resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewSecurityProfile added in v0.32.0

func NewSecurityProfile(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *SecurityProfileArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*SecurityProfile, error)

NewSecurityProfile registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*SecurityProfile) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (*SecurityProfile) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*SecurityProfile) ToSecurityProfileOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i *SecurityProfile) ToSecurityProfileOutput() SecurityProfileOutput

func (*SecurityProfile) ToSecurityProfileOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i *SecurityProfile) ToSecurityProfileOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SecurityProfileOutput

type SecurityProfileArgs added in v0.32.0

type SecurityProfileArgs struct {
	// Optional. An optional description of the profile. Max length 512 characters.
	Description pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. Labels as key value pairs.
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapInput
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Immutable. Identifier. Name of the SecurityProfile resource. It matches pattern `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfiles/{security_profile}`.
	Name           pulumi.StringPtrInput
	OrganizationId pulumi.StringInput
	// Required. Short name of the SecurityProfile resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. "security_profile1".
	SecurityProfileId pulumi.StringInput
	// The threat prevention configuration for the SecurityProfile.
	ThreatPreventionProfile ThreatPreventionProfilePtrInput
	// Immutable. The single ProfileType that the SecurityProfile resource configures.
	Type SecurityProfileTypePtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a SecurityProfile resource.

func (SecurityProfileArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (SecurityProfileArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SecurityProfileGroup added in v0.32.0

type SecurityProfileGroup struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Resource creation timestamp.
	CreateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. An optional description of the profile group. Max length 2048 characters.
	Description pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"description"`
	// This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Optional. Labels as key value pairs.
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapOutput `pulumi:"labels"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput    `pulumi:"location"`
	// Immutable. Identifier. Name of the SecurityProfileGroup resource. It matches pattern `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/{security_profile_group}`.
	Name           pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	OrganizationId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"organizationId"`
	// Required. Short name of the SecurityProfileGroup resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. "security_profile_group1".
	SecurityProfileGroupId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"securityProfileGroupId"`
	// Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the threat prevention configuration for the SecurityProfileGroup.
	ThreatPreventionProfile pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"threatPreventionProfile"`
	// Last resource update timestamp.
	UpdateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

Creates a new SecurityProfileGroup in a given organization and location. Auto-naming is currently not supported for this resource.

func GetSecurityProfileGroup added in v0.32.0

func GetSecurityProfileGroup(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *SecurityProfileGroupState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*SecurityProfileGroup, error)

GetSecurityProfileGroup gets an existing SecurityProfileGroup resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewSecurityProfileGroup added in v0.32.0

func NewSecurityProfileGroup(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *SecurityProfileGroupArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*SecurityProfileGroup, error)

NewSecurityProfileGroup registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*SecurityProfileGroup) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (*SecurityProfileGroup) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*SecurityProfileGroup) ToSecurityProfileGroupOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i *SecurityProfileGroup) ToSecurityProfileGroupOutput() SecurityProfileGroupOutput

func (*SecurityProfileGroup) ToSecurityProfileGroupOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i *SecurityProfileGroup) ToSecurityProfileGroupOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SecurityProfileGroupOutput

type SecurityProfileGroupArgs added in v0.32.0

type SecurityProfileGroupArgs struct {
	// Optional. An optional description of the profile group. Max length 2048 characters.
	Description pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. Labels as key value pairs.
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapInput
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Immutable. Identifier. Name of the SecurityProfileGroup resource. It matches pattern `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/{security_profile_group}`.
	Name           pulumi.StringPtrInput
	OrganizationId pulumi.StringInput
	// Required. Short name of the SecurityProfileGroup resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. "security_profile_group1".
	SecurityProfileGroupId pulumi.StringInput
	// Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the threat prevention configuration for the SecurityProfileGroup.
	ThreatPreventionProfile pulumi.StringPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a SecurityProfileGroup resource.

func (SecurityProfileGroupArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (SecurityProfileGroupArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SecurityProfileGroupInput added in v0.32.0

type SecurityProfileGroupInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSecurityProfileGroupOutput() SecurityProfileGroupOutput
	ToSecurityProfileGroupOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SecurityProfileGroupOutput
}

type SecurityProfileGroupOutput added in v0.32.0

type SecurityProfileGroupOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SecurityProfileGroupOutput) CreateTime added in v0.32.0

Resource creation timestamp.

func (SecurityProfileGroupOutput) Description added in v0.32.0

Optional. An optional description of the profile group. Max length 2048 characters.

func (SecurityProfileGroupOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (SecurityProfileGroupOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SecurityProfileGroupOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.

func (SecurityProfileGroupOutput) Labels added in v0.32.0

Optional. Labels as key value pairs.

func (SecurityProfileGroupOutput) Location added in v0.32.0

func (SecurityProfileGroupOutput) Name added in v0.32.0

Immutable. Identifier. Name of the SecurityProfileGroup resource. It matches pattern `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/{security_profile_group}`.

func (SecurityProfileGroupOutput) OrganizationId added in v0.32.0

func (o SecurityProfileGroupOutput) OrganizationId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (SecurityProfileGroupOutput) SecurityProfileGroupId added in v0.32.0

func (o SecurityProfileGroupOutput) SecurityProfileGroupId() pulumi.StringOutput

Required. Short name of the SecurityProfileGroup resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. "security_profile_group1".

func (SecurityProfileGroupOutput) ThreatPreventionProfile added in v0.32.0

func (o SecurityProfileGroupOutput) ThreatPreventionProfile() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the threat prevention configuration for the SecurityProfileGroup.

func (SecurityProfileGroupOutput) ToSecurityProfileGroupOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o SecurityProfileGroupOutput) ToSecurityProfileGroupOutput() SecurityProfileGroupOutput

func (SecurityProfileGroupOutput) ToSecurityProfileGroupOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o SecurityProfileGroupOutput) ToSecurityProfileGroupOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SecurityProfileGroupOutput

func (SecurityProfileGroupOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.32.0

Last resource update timestamp.

type SecurityProfileGroupState added in v0.32.0

type SecurityProfileGroupState struct {
}

func (SecurityProfileGroupState) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (SecurityProfileGroupState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SecurityProfileInput added in v0.32.0

type SecurityProfileInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSecurityProfileOutput() SecurityProfileOutput
	ToSecurityProfileOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SecurityProfileOutput
}

type SecurityProfileOutput added in v0.32.0

type SecurityProfileOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SecurityProfileOutput) CreateTime added in v0.32.0

func (o SecurityProfileOutput) CreateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

Resource creation timestamp.

func (SecurityProfileOutput) Description added in v0.32.0

func (o SecurityProfileOutput) Description() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. An optional description of the profile. Max length 512 characters.

func (SecurityProfileOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (SecurityProfileOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SecurityProfileOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.

func (SecurityProfileOutput) Labels added in v0.32.0

Optional. Labels as key value pairs.

func (SecurityProfileOutput) Location added in v0.32.0

func (SecurityProfileOutput) Name added in v0.32.0

Immutable. Identifier. Name of the SecurityProfile resource. It matches pattern `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfiles/{security_profile}`.

func (SecurityProfileOutput) OrganizationId added in v0.32.0

func (o SecurityProfileOutput) OrganizationId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (SecurityProfileOutput) SecurityProfileId added in v0.32.0

func (o SecurityProfileOutput) SecurityProfileId() pulumi.StringOutput

Required. Short name of the SecurityProfile resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. "security_profile1".

func (SecurityProfileOutput) ThreatPreventionProfile added in v0.32.0

The threat prevention configuration for the SecurityProfile.

func (SecurityProfileOutput) ToSecurityProfileOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o SecurityProfileOutput) ToSecurityProfileOutput() SecurityProfileOutput

func (SecurityProfileOutput) ToSecurityProfileOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o SecurityProfileOutput) ToSecurityProfileOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SecurityProfileOutput

func (SecurityProfileOutput) Type added in v0.32.0

Immutable. The single ProfileType that the SecurityProfile resource configures.

func (SecurityProfileOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.32.0

func (o SecurityProfileOutput) UpdateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

Last resource update timestamp.

type SecurityProfileState added in v0.32.0

type SecurityProfileState struct {
}

func (SecurityProfileState) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (SecurityProfileState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SecurityProfileType added in v0.32.0

type SecurityProfileType string

Immutable. The single ProfileType that the SecurityProfile resource configures.

func (SecurityProfileType) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (SecurityProfileType) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SecurityProfileType) ToSecurityProfileTypeOutput added in v0.32.0

func (e SecurityProfileType) ToSecurityProfileTypeOutput() SecurityProfileTypeOutput

func (SecurityProfileType) ToSecurityProfileTypeOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (e SecurityProfileType) ToSecurityProfileTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SecurityProfileTypeOutput

func (SecurityProfileType) ToSecurityProfileTypePtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (e SecurityProfileType) ToSecurityProfileTypePtrOutput() SecurityProfileTypePtrOutput

func (SecurityProfileType) ToSecurityProfileTypePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (e SecurityProfileType) ToSecurityProfileTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SecurityProfileTypePtrOutput

func (SecurityProfileType) ToStringOutput added in v0.32.0

func (e SecurityProfileType) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (SecurityProfileType) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (e SecurityProfileType) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (SecurityProfileType) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (e SecurityProfileType) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (SecurityProfileType) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (e SecurityProfileType) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type SecurityProfileTypeInput added in v0.32.0

type SecurityProfileTypeInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSecurityProfileTypeOutput() SecurityProfileTypeOutput
	ToSecurityProfileTypeOutputWithContext(context.Context) SecurityProfileTypeOutput
}

SecurityProfileTypeInput is an input type that accepts SecurityProfileTypeArgs and SecurityProfileTypeOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `SecurityProfileTypeInput` via:

SecurityProfileTypeArgs{...}

type SecurityProfileTypeOutput added in v0.32.0

type SecurityProfileTypeOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SecurityProfileTypeOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (SecurityProfileTypeOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SecurityProfileTypeOutput) ToSecurityProfileTypeOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o SecurityProfileTypeOutput) ToSecurityProfileTypeOutput() SecurityProfileTypeOutput

func (SecurityProfileTypeOutput) ToSecurityProfileTypeOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o SecurityProfileTypeOutput) ToSecurityProfileTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SecurityProfileTypeOutput

func (SecurityProfileTypeOutput) ToSecurityProfileTypePtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o SecurityProfileTypeOutput) ToSecurityProfileTypePtrOutput() SecurityProfileTypePtrOutput

func (SecurityProfileTypeOutput) ToSecurityProfileTypePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o SecurityProfileTypeOutput) ToSecurityProfileTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SecurityProfileTypePtrOutput

func (SecurityProfileTypeOutput) ToStringOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o SecurityProfileTypeOutput) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (SecurityProfileTypeOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o SecurityProfileTypeOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (SecurityProfileTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o SecurityProfileTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (SecurityProfileTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o SecurityProfileTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type SecurityProfileTypePtrInput added in v0.32.0

type SecurityProfileTypePtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSecurityProfileTypePtrOutput() SecurityProfileTypePtrOutput
	ToSecurityProfileTypePtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) SecurityProfileTypePtrOutput
}

func SecurityProfileTypePtr added in v0.32.0

func SecurityProfileTypePtr(v string) SecurityProfileTypePtrInput

type SecurityProfileTypePtrOutput added in v0.32.0

type SecurityProfileTypePtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SecurityProfileTypePtrOutput) Elem added in v0.32.0

func (SecurityProfileTypePtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (SecurityProfileTypePtrOutput) ToSecurityProfileTypePtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o SecurityProfileTypePtrOutput) ToSecurityProfileTypePtrOutput() SecurityProfileTypePtrOutput

func (SecurityProfileTypePtrOutput) ToSecurityProfileTypePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o SecurityProfileTypePtrOutput) ToSecurityProfileTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SecurityProfileTypePtrOutput

func (SecurityProfileTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o SecurityProfileTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (SecurityProfileTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o SecurityProfileTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type ServerTlsPolicy

type ServerTlsPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// This field applies only for Traffic Director policies. It is must be set to false for external HTTPS load balancer policies. Determines if server allows plaintext connections. If set to true, server allows plain text connections. By default, it is set to false. This setting is not exclusive of other encryption modes. For example, if `allow_open` and `mtls_policy` are set, server allows both plain text and mTLS connections. See documentation of other encryption modes to confirm compatibility. Consider using it if you wish to upgrade in place your deployment to TLS while having mixed TLS and non-TLS traffic reaching port :80.
	AllowOpen pulumi.BoolOutput `pulumi:"allowOpen"`
	// The timestamp when the resource was created.
	CreateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Free-text description of the resource.
	Description pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"description"`
	// Set of label tags associated with the resource.
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapOutput `pulumi:"labels"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput    `pulumi:"location"`
	// This field is required if the policy is used with external HTTPS load balancers. This field can be empty for Traffic Director. Defines a mechanism to provision peer validation certificates for peer to peer authentication (Mutual TLS - mTLS). If not specified, client certificate will not be requested. The connection is treated as TLS and not mTLS. If `allow_open` and `mtls_policy` are set, server allows both plain text and mTLS connections.
	MtlsPolicy MTLSPolicyResponseOutput `pulumi:"mtlsPolicy"`
	// Name of the ServerTlsPolicy resource. It matches the pattern `projects/*/locations/{location}/serverTlsPolicies/{server_tls_policy}`
	Name    pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Optional if policy is to be used with Traffic Director. For external HTTPS load balancer must be empty. Defines a mechanism to provision server identity (public and private keys). Cannot be combined with `allow_open` as a permissive mode that allows both plain text and TLS is not supported.
	ServerCertificate GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderResponseOutput `pulumi:"serverCertificate"`
	// Required. Short name of the ServerTlsPolicy resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. "server_mtls_policy".
	ServerTlsPolicyId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"serverTlsPolicyId"`
	// The timestamp when the resource was updated.
	UpdateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

Creates a new ServerTlsPolicy in a given project and location.

func GetServerTlsPolicy

func GetServerTlsPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ServerTlsPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ServerTlsPolicy, error)

GetServerTlsPolicy gets an existing ServerTlsPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewServerTlsPolicy

func NewServerTlsPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ServerTlsPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ServerTlsPolicy, error)

NewServerTlsPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ServerTlsPolicy) ElementType

func (*ServerTlsPolicy) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*ServerTlsPolicy) ToServerTlsPolicyOutput

func (i *ServerTlsPolicy) ToServerTlsPolicyOutput() ServerTlsPolicyOutput

func (*ServerTlsPolicy) ToServerTlsPolicyOutputWithContext

func (i *ServerTlsPolicy) ToServerTlsPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServerTlsPolicyOutput

type ServerTlsPolicyArgs

type ServerTlsPolicyArgs struct {
	// This field applies only for Traffic Director policies. It is must be set to false for external HTTPS load balancer policies. Determines if server allows plaintext connections. If set to true, server allows plain text connections. By default, it is set to false. This setting is not exclusive of other encryption modes. For example, if `allow_open` and `mtls_policy` are set, server allows both plain text and mTLS connections. See documentation of other encryption modes to confirm compatibility. Consider using it if you wish to upgrade in place your deployment to TLS while having mixed TLS and non-TLS traffic reaching port :80.
	AllowOpen pulumi.BoolPtrInput
	// Free-text description of the resource.
	Description pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Set of label tags associated with the resource.
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapInput
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// This field is required if the policy is used with external HTTPS load balancers. This field can be empty for Traffic Director. Defines a mechanism to provision peer validation certificates for peer to peer authentication (Mutual TLS - mTLS). If not specified, client certificate will not be requested. The connection is treated as TLS and not mTLS. If `allow_open` and `mtls_policy` are set, server allows both plain text and mTLS connections.
	MtlsPolicy MTLSPolicyPtrInput
	// Name of the ServerTlsPolicy resource. It matches the pattern `projects/*/locations/{location}/serverTlsPolicies/{server_tls_policy}`
	Name    pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional if policy is to be used with Traffic Director. For external HTTPS load balancer must be empty. Defines a mechanism to provision server identity (public and private keys). Cannot be combined with `allow_open` as a permissive mode that allows both plain text and TLS is not supported.
	ServerCertificate GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProviderPtrInput
	// Required. Short name of the ServerTlsPolicy resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. "server_mtls_policy".
	ServerTlsPolicyId pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ServerTlsPolicy resource.

func (ServerTlsPolicyArgs) ElementType

func (ServerTlsPolicyArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ServerTlsPolicyIamBinding added in v0.26.0

type ServerTlsPolicyIamBinding struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"members"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetServerTlsPolicyIamBinding added in v0.26.0

func GetServerTlsPolicyIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ServerTlsPolicyIamBindingState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ServerTlsPolicyIamBinding, error)

GetServerTlsPolicyIamBinding gets an existing ServerTlsPolicyIamBinding resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewServerTlsPolicyIamBinding added in v0.26.0

func NewServerTlsPolicyIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ServerTlsPolicyIamBindingArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ServerTlsPolicyIamBinding, error)

NewServerTlsPolicyIamBinding registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ServerTlsPolicyIamBinding) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (*ServerTlsPolicyIamBinding) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*ServerTlsPolicyIamBinding) ToServerTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

func (i *ServerTlsPolicyIamBinding) ToServerTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput() ServerTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput

func (*ServerTlsPolicyIamBinding) ToServerTlsPolicyIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (i *ServerTlsPolicyIamBinding) ToServerTlsPolicyIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServerTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput

type ServerTlsPolicyIamBindingArgs added in v0.26.0

type ServerTlsPolicyIamBindingArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ServerTlsPolicyIamBinding resource.

func (ServerTlsPolicyIamBindingArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0

type ServerTlsPolicyIamBindingInput added in v0.26.0

type ServerTlsPolicyIamBindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToServerTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput() ServerTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput
	ToServerTlsPolicyIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServerTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput
}

type ServerTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

type ServerTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ServerTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (ServerTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (ServerTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (ServerTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput) Members added in v0.26.0

Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (ServerTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput) Name added in v0.26.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (ServerTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput) Project added in v0.26.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (ServerTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput) Role added in v0.26.0

The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.

func (ServerTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput) ToServerTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

func (o ServerTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput) ToServerTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput() ServerTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput

func (ServerTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput) ToServerTlsPolicyIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (o ServerTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput) ToServerTlsPolicyIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServerTlsPolicyIamBindingOutput

type ServerTlsPolicyIamBindingState added in v0.26.0

type ServerTlsPolicyIamBindingState struct {
}

func (ServerTlsPolicyIamBindingState) ElementType added in v0.26.0

type ServerTlsPolicyIamMember added in v0.26.0

type ServerTlsPolicyIamMember struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"member"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetServerTlsPolicyIamMember added in v0.26.0

func GetServerTlsPolicyIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ServerTlsPolicyIamMemberState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ServerTlsPolicyIamMember, error)

GetServerTlsPolicyIamMember gets an existing ServerTlsPolicyIamMember resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewServerTlsPolicyIamMember added in v0.26.0

func NewServerTlsPolicyIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ServerTlsPolicyIamMemberArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ServerTlsPolicyIamMember, error)

NewServerTlsPolicyIamMember registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ServerTlsPolicyIamMember) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (*ServerTlsPolicyIamMember) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*ServerTlsPolicyIamMember) ToServerTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

func (i *ServerTlsPolicyIamMember) ToServerTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput() ServerTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput

func (*ServerTlsPolicyIamMember) ToServerTlsPolicyIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (i *ServerTlsPolicyIamMember) ToServerTlsPolicyIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServerTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput

type ServerTlsPolicyIamMemberArgs added in v0.26.0

type ServerTlsPolicyIamMemberArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ServerTlsPolicyIamMember resource.

func (ServerTlsPolicyIamMemberArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0

type ServerTlsPolicyIamMemberInput added in v0.26.0

type ServerTlsPolicyIamMemberInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToServerTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput() ServerTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput
	ToServerTlsPolicyIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServerTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput
}

type ServerTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

type ServerTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ServerTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (ServerTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (ServerTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (ServerTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput) Member added in v0.26.0

Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (ServerTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput) Name added in v0.26.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (ServerTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput) Project added in v0.26.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (ServerTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput) Role added in v0.26.0

The role that should be applied.

func (ServerTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput) ToServerTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

func (o ServerTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput) ToServerTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput() ServerTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput

func (ServerTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput) ToServerTlsPolicyIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (o ServerTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput) ToServerTlsPolicyIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServerTlsPolicyIamMemberOutput

type ServerTlsPolicyIamMemberState added in v0.26.0

type ServerTlsPolicyIamMemberState struct {
}

func (ServerTlsPolicyIamMemberState) ElementType added in v0.26.0

type ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicy

type ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag              pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	Location          pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"location"`
	Project           pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	ServerTlsPolicyId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"serverTlsPolicyId"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"version"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. Note - this resource's API doesn't support deletion. When deleted, the resource will persist on Google Cloud even though it will be deleted from Pulumi state.

func GetServerTlsPolicyIamPolicy

func GetServerTlsPolicyIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicy, error)

GetServerTlsPolicyIamPolicy gets an existing ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewServerTlsPolicyIamPolicy

func NewServerTlsPolicyIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicy, error)

NewServerTlsPolicyIamPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicy) ElementType

func (*ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicy) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicy) ToServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput

func (i *ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicy) ToServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput() ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput

func (*ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicy) ToServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutputWithContext

func (i *ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicy) ToServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput

type ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyArgs

type ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyArgs struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayInput
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings GoogleIamV1BindingArrayInput
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag              pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Location          pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project           pulumi.StringPtrInput
	ServerTlsPolicyId pulumi.StringInput
	// OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
	UpdateMask pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicy resource.

func (ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyArgs) ElementType

type ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyInput

type ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput() ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput
	ToServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput
}

type ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput

type ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput) AuditConfigs added in v0.19.0

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput) Bindings added in v0.19.0

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput) ElementType

func (ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput) Etag added in v0.19.0

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput) Location added in v0.21.0

func (ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput) Project added in v0.21.0

func (ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput) ServerTlsPolicyId added in v0.21.0

func (o ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput) ServerTlsPolicyId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput) ToServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput

func (o ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput) ToServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput() ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput

func (ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput) ToServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutputWithContext

func (o ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput) ToServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput

func (ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyOutput) Version added in v0.19.0

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyState

type ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyState struct {
}

func (ServerTlsPolicyIamPolicyState) ElementType

type ServerTlsPolicyInput

type ServerTlsPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToServerTlsPolicyOutput() ServerTlsPolicyOutput
	ToServerTlsPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServerTlsPolicyOutput
}

type ServerTlsPolicyOutput

type ServerTlsPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ServerTlsPolicyOutput) AllowOpen added in v0.19.0

func (o ServerTlsPolicyOutput) AllowOpen() pulumi.BoolOutput

This field applies only for Traffic Director policies. It is must be set to false for external HTTPS load balancer policies. Determines if server allows plaintext connections. If set to true, server allows plain text connections. By default, it is set to false. This setting is not exclusive of other encryption modes. For example, if `allow_open` and `mtls_policy` are set, server allows both plain text and mTLS connections. See documentation of other encryption modes to confirm compatibility. Consider using it if you wish to upgrade in place your deployment to TLS while having mixed TLS and non-TLS traffic reaching port :80.

func (ServerTlsPolicyOutput) CreateTime added in v0.19.0

func (o ServerTlsPolicyOutput) CreateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

The timestamp when the resource was created.

func (ServerTlsPolicyOutput) Description added in v0.19.0

func (o ServerTlsPolicyOutput) Description() pulumi.StringOutput

Free-text description of the resource.

func (ServerTlsPolicyOutput) ElementType

func (ServerTlsPolicyOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ServerTlsPolicyOutput) Labels added in v0.19.0

Set of label tags associated with the resource.

func (ServerTlsPolicyOutput) Location added in v0.21.0

func (ServerTlsPolicyOutput) MtlsPolicy added in v0.19.0

This field is required if the policy is used with external HTTPS load balancers. This field can be empty for Traffic Director. Defines a mechanism to provision peer validation certificates for peer to peer authentication (Mutual TLS - mTLS). If not specified, client certificate will not be requested. The connection is treated as TLS and not mTLS. If `allow_open` and `mtls_policy` are set, server allows both plain text and mTLS connections.

func (ServerTlsPolicyOutput) Name added in v0.19.0

Name of the ServerTlsPolicy resource. It matches the pattern `projects/*/locations/{location}/serverTlsPolicies/{server_tls_policy}`

func (ServerTlsPolicyOutput) Project added in v0.21.0

func (ServerTlsPolicyOutput) ServerCertificate added in v0.19.0

Optional if policy is to be used with Traffic Director. For external HTTPS load balancer must be empty. Defines a mechanism to provision server identity (public and private keys). Cannot be combined with `allow_open` as a permissive mode that allows both plain text and TLS is not supported.

func (ServerTlsPolicyOutput) ServerTlsPolicyId added in v0.21.0

func (o ServerTlsPolicyOutput) ServerTlsPolicyId() pulumi.StringOutput

Required. Short name of the ServerTlsPolicy resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. "server_mtls_policy".

func (ServerTlsPolicyOutput) ToServerTlsPolicyOutput

func (o ServerTlsPolicyOutput) ToServerTlsPolicyOutput() ServerTlsPolicyOutput

func (ServerTlsPolicyOutput) ToServerTlsPolicyOutputWithContext

func (o ServerTlsPolicyOutput) ToServerTlsPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServerTlsPolicyOutput

func (ServerTlsPolicyOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.19.0

func (o ServerTlsPolicyOutput) UpdateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

The timestamp when the resource was updated.

type ServerTlsPolicyState

type ServerTlsPolicyState struct {
}

func (ServerTlsPolicyState) ElementType

func (ServerTlsPolicyState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SeverityOverride added in v0.32.0

type SeverityOverride struct {
	// Threat action override.
	Action SeverityOverrideAction `pulumi:"action"`
	// Severity level to match.
	Severity SeverityOverrideSeverity `pulumi:"severity"`
}

Defines what action to take for a specific severity match.

type SeverityOverrideAction added in v0.32.0

type SeverityOverrideAction string

Required. Threat action override.

func (SeverityOverrideAction) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (SeverityOverrideAction) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SeverityOverrideAction) ToSeverityOverrideActionOutput added in v0.32.0

func (e SeverityOverrideAction) ToSeverityOverrideActionOutput() SeverityOverrideActionOutput

func (SeverityOverrideAction) ToSeverityOverrideActionOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (e SeverityOverrideAction) ToSeverityOverrideActionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SeverityOverrideActionOutput

func (SeverityOverrideAction) ToSeverityOverrideActionPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (e SeverityOverrideAction) ToSeverityOverrideActionPtrOutput() SeverityOverrideActionPtrOutput

func (SeverityOverrideAction) ToSeverityOverrideActionPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (e SeverityOverrideAction) ToSeverityOverrideActionPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SeverityOverrideActionPtrOutput

func (SeverityOverrideAction) ToStringOutput added in v0.32.0

func (e SeverityOverrideAction) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (SeverityOverrideAction) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (e SeverityOverrideAction) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (SeverityOverrideAction) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (e SeverityOverrideAction) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (SeverityOverrideAction) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (e SeverityOverrideAction) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type SeverityOverrideActionInput added in v0.32.0

type SeverityOverrideActionInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSeverityOverrideActionOutput() SeverityOverrideActionOutput
	ToSeverityOverrideActionOutputWithContext(context.Context) SeverityOverrideActionOutput
}

SeverityOverrideActionInput is an input type that accepts SeverityOverrideActionArgs and SeverityOverrideActionOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `SeverityOverrideActionInput` via:

SeverityOverrideActionArgs{...}

type SeverityOverrideActionOutput added in v0.32.0

type SeverityOverrideActionOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SeverityOverrideActionOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (SeverityOverrideActionOutput) ToSeverityOverrideActionOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o SeverityOverrideActionOutput) ToSeverityOverrideActionOutput() SeverityOverrideActionOutput

func (SeverityOverrideActionOutput) ToSeverityOverrideActionOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o SeverityOverrideActionOutput) ToSeverityOverrideActionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SeverityOverrideActionOutput

func (SeverityOverrideActionOutput) ToSeverityOverrideActionPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o SeverityOverrideActionOutput) ToSeverityOverrideActionPtrOutput() SeverityOverrideActionPtrOutput

func (SeverityOverrideActionOutput) ToSeverityOverrideActionPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o SeverityOverrideActionOutput) ToSeverityOverrideActionPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SeverityOverrideActionPtrOutput

func (SeverityOverrideActionOutput) ToStringOutput added in v0.32.0

func (SeverityOverrideActionOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o SeverityOverrideActionOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (SeverityOverrideActionOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o SeverityOverrideActionOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (SeverityOverrideActionOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o SeverityOverrideActionOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type SeverityOverrideActionPtrInput added in v0.32.0

type SeverityOverrideActionPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSeverityOverrideActionPtrOutput() SeverityOverrideActionPtrOutput
	ToSeverityOverrideActionPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) SeverityOverrideActionPtrOutput
}

func SeverityOverrideActionPtr added in v0.32.0

func SeverityOverrideActionPtr(v string) SeverityOverrideActionPtrInput

type SeverityOverrideActionPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

type SeverityOverrideActionPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SeverityOverrideActionPtrOutput) Elem added in v0.32.0

func (SeverityOverrideActionPtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (SeverityOverrideActionPtrOutput) ToSeverityOverrideActionPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o SeverityOverrideActionPtrOutput) ToSeverityOverrideActionPtrOutput() SeverityOverrideActionPtrOutput

func (SeverityOverrideActionPtrOutput) ToSeverityOverrideActionPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o SeverityOverrideActionPtrOutput) ToSeverityOverrideActionPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SeverityOverrideActionPtrOutput

func (SeverityOverrideActionPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (SeverityOverrideActionPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o SeverityOverrideActionPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type SeverityOverrideArgs added in v0.32.0

type SeverityOverrideArgs struct {
	// Threat action override.
	Action SeverityOverrideActionInput `pulumi:"action"`
	// Severity level to match.
	Severity SeverityOverrideSeverityInput `pulumi:"severity"`
}

Defines what action to take for a specific severity match.

func (SeverityOverrideArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (SeverityOverrideArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SeverityOverrideArgs) ToSeverityOverrideOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i SeverityOverrideArgs) ToSeverityOverrideOutput() SeverityOverrideOutput

func (SeverityOverrideArgs) ToSeverityOverrideOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i SeverityOverrideArgs) ToSeverityOverrideOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SeverityOverrideOutput

type SeverityOverrideArray added in v0.32.0

type SeverityOverrideArray []SeverityOverrideInput

func (SeverityOverrideArray) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (SeverityOverrideArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SeverityOverrideArray) ToSeverityOverrideArrayOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i SeverityOverrideArray) ToSeverityOverrideArrayOutput() SeverityOverrideArrayOutput

func (SeverityOverrideArray) ToSeverityOverrideArrayOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i SeverityOverrideArray) ToSeverityOverrideArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SeverityOverrideArrayOutput

type SeverityOverrideArrayInput added in v0.32.0

type SeverityOverrideArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSeverityOverrideArrayOutput() SeverityOverrideArrayOutput
	ToSeverityOverrideArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) SeverityOverrideArrayOutput
}

SeverityOverrideArrayInput is an input type that accepts SeverityOverrideArray and SeverityOverrideArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `SeverityOverrideArrayInput` via:

SeverityOverrideArray{ SeverityOverrideArgs{...} }

type SeverityOverrideArrayOutput added in v0.32.0

type SeverityOverrideArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SeverityOverrideArrayOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (SeverityOverrideArrayOutput) Index added in v0.32.0

func (SeverityOverrideArrayOutput) ToSeverityOverrideArrayOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o SeverityOverrideArrayOutput) ToSeverityOverrideArrayOutput() SeverityOverrideArrayOutput

func (SeverityOverrideArrayOutput) ToSeverityOverrideArrayOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o SeverityOverrideArrayOutput) ToSeverityOverrideArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SeverityOverrideArrayOutput

type SeverityOverrideInput added in v0.32.0

type SeverityOverrideInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSeverityOverrideOutput() SeverityOverrideOutput
	ToSeverityOverrideOutputWithContext(context.Context) SeverityOverrideOutput
}

SeverityOverrideInput is an input type that accepts SeverityOverrideArgs and SeverityOverrideOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `SeverityOverrideInput` via:

SeverityOverrideArgs{...}

type SeverityOverrideOutput added in v0.32.0

type SeverityOverrideOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Defines what action to take for a specific severity match.

func (SeverityOverrideOutput) Action added in v0.32.0

Threat action override.

func (SeverityOverrideOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (SeverityOverrideOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SeverityOverrideOutput) Severity added in v0.32.0

Severity level to match.

func (SeverityOverrideOutput) ToSeverityOverrideOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o SeverityOverrideOutput) ToSeverityOverrideOutput() SeverityOverrideOutput

func (SeverityOverrideOutput) ToSeverityOverrideOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o SeverityOverrideOutput) ToSeverityOverrideOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SeverityOverrideOutput

type SeverityOverrideResponse added in v0.32.0

type SeverityOverrideResponse struct {
	// Threat action override.
	Action string `pulumi:"action"`
	// Severity level to match.
	Severity string `pulumi:"severity"`
}

Defines what action to take for a specific severity match.

type SeverityOverrideResponseArrayOutput added in v0.32.0

type SeverityOverrideResponseArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SeverityOverrideResponseArrayOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (SeverityOverrideResponseArrayOutput) Index added in v0.32.0

func (SeverityOverrideResponseArrayOutput) ToSeverityOverrideResponseArrayOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o SeverityOverrideResponseArrayOutput) ToSeverityOverrideResponseArrayOutput() SeverityOverrideResponseArrayOutput

func (SeverityOverrideResponseArrayOutput) ToSeverityOverrideResponseArrayOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o SeverityOverrideResponseArrayOutput) ToSeverityOverrideResponseArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SeverityOverrideResponseArrayOutput

type SeverityOverrideResponseOutput added in v0.32.0

type SeverityOverrideResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Defines what action to take for a specific severity match.

func (SeverityOverrideResponseOutput) Action added in v0.32.0

Threat action override.

func (SeverityOverrideResponseOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (SeverityOverrideResponseOutput) Severity added in v0.32.0

Severity level to match.

func (SeverityOverrideResponseOutput) ToSeverityOverrideResponseOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o SeverityOverrideResponseOutput) ToSeverityOverrideResponseOutput() SeverityOverrideResponseOutput

func (SeverityOverrideResponseOutput) ToSeverityOverrideResponseOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o SeverityOverrideResponseOutput) ToSeverityOverrideResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SeverityOverrideResponseOutput

type SeverityOverrideSeverity added in v0.32.0

type SeverityOverrideSeverity string

Required. Severity level to match.

func (SeverityOverrideSeverity) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (SeverityOverrideSeverity) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SeverityOverrideSeverity) ToSeverityOverrideSeverityOutput added in v0.32.0

func (e SeverityOverrideSeverity) ToSeverityOverrideSeverityOutput() SeverityOverrideSeverityOutput

func (SeverityOverrideSeverity) ToSeverityOverrideSeverityOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (e SeverityOverrideSeverity) ToSeverityOverrideSeverityOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SeverityOverrideSeverityOutput

func (SeverityOverrideSeverity) ToSeverityOverrideSeverityPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (e SeverityOverrideSeverity) ToSeverityOverrideSeverityPtrOutput() SeverityOverrideSeverityPtrOutput

func (SeverityOverrideSeverity) ToSeverityOverrideSeverityPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (e SeverityOverrideSeverity) ToSeverityOverrideSeverityPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SeverityOverrideSeverityPtrOutput

func (SeverityOverrideSeverity) ToStringOutput added in v0.32.0

func (e SeverityOverrideSeverity) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (SeverityOverrideSeverity) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (e SeverityOverrideSeverity) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (SeverityOverrideSeverity) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (e SeverityOverrideSeverity) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (SeverityOverrideSeverity) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (e SeverityOverrideSeverity) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type SeverityOverrideSeverityInput added in v0.32.0

type SeverityOverrideSeverityInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSeverityOverrideSeverityOutput() SeverityOverrideSeverityOutput
	ToSeverityOverrideSeverityOutputWithContext(context.Context) SeverityOverrideSeverityOutput
}

SeverityOverrideSeverityInput is an input type that accepts SeverityOverrideSeverityArgs and SeverityOverrideSeverityOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `SeverityOverrideSeverityInput` via:

SeverityOverrideSeverityArgs{...}

type SeverityOverrideSeverityOutput added in v0.32.0

type SeverityOverrideSeverityOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SeverityOverrideSeverityOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (SeverityOverrideSeverityOutput) ToSeverityOverrideSeverityOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o SeverityOverrideSeverityOutput) ToSeverityOverrideSeverityOutput() SeverityOverrideSeverityOutput

func (SeverityOverrideSeverityOutput) ToSeverityOverrideSeverityOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o SeverityOverrideSeverityOutput) ToSeverityOverrideSeverityOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SeverityOverrideSeverityOutput

func (SeverityOverrideSeverityOutput) ToSeverityOverrideSeverityPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o SeverityOverrideSeverityOutput) ToSeverityOverrideSeverityPtrOutput() SeverityOverrideSeverityPtrOutput

func (SeverityOverrideSeverityOutput) ToSeverityOverrideSeverityPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o SeverityOverrideSeverityOutput) ToSeverityOverrideSeverityPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SeverityOverrideSeverityPtrOutput

func (SeverityOverrideSeverityOutput) ToStringOutput added in v0.32.0

func (SeverityOverrideSeverityOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o SeverityOverrideSeverityOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (SeverityOverrideSeverityOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (SeverityOverrideSeverityOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o SeverityOverrideSeverityOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type SeverityOverrideSeverityPtrInput added in v0.32.0

type SeverityOverrideSeverityPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSeverityOverrideSeverityPtrOutput() SeverityOverrideSeverityPtrOutput
	ToSeverityOverrideSeverityPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) SeverityOverrideSeverityPtrOutput
}

func SeverityOverrideSeverityPtr added in v0.32.0

func SeverityOverrideSeverityPtr(v string) SeverityOverrideSeverityPtrInput

type SeverityOverrideSeverityPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

type SeverityOverrideSeverityPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SeverityOverrideSeverityPtrOutput) Elem added in v0.32.0

func (SeverityOverrideSeverityPtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (SeverityOverrideSeverityPtrOutput) ToSeverityOverrideSeverityPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o SeverityOverrideSeverityPtrOutput) ToSeverityOverrideSeverityPtrOutput() SeverityOverrideSeverityPtrOutput

func (SeverityOverrideSeverityPtrOutput) ToSeverityOverrideSeverityPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o SeverityOverrideSeverityPtrOutput) ToSeverityOverrideSeverityPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SeverityOverrideSeverityPtrOutput

func (SeverityOverrideSeverityPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (SeverityOverrideSeverityPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o SeverityOverrideSeverityPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type Source

type Source struct {
	// Optional. List of CIDR ranges to match based on source IP address. At least one IP block should match. Single IP (e.g., "1.2.3.4") and CIDR (e.g., "1.2.3.0/24") are supported. Authorization based on source IP alone should be avoided. The IP addresses of any load balancers or proxies should be considered untrusted.
	IpBlocks []string `pulumi:"ipBlocks"`
	// Optional. List of peer identities to match for authorization. At least one principal should match. Each peer can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example, "namespace/*") or a suffix match (example, "*/service-account") or a presence match "*". Authorization based on the principal name without certificate validation (configured by ServerTlsPolicy resource) is considered insecure.
	Principals []string `pulumi:"principals"`
}

Specification of traffic source attributes.

type SourceArgs

type SourceArgs struct {
	// Optional. List of CIDR ranges to match based on source IP address. At least one IP block should match. Single IP (e.g., "1.2.3.4") and CIDR (e.g., "1.2.3.0/24") are supported. Authorization based on source IP alone should be avoided. The IP addresses of any load balancers or proxies should be considered untrusted.
	IpBlocks pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"ipBlocks"`
	// Optional. List of peer identities to match for authorization. At least one principal should match. Each peer can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example, "namespace/*") or a suffix match (example, "*/service-account") or a presence match "*". Authorization based on the principal name without certificate validation (configured by ServerTlsPolicy resource) is considered insecure.
	Principals pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"principals"`
}

Specification of traffic source attributes.

func (SourceArgs) ElementType

func (SourceArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SourceArgs) ToSourceOutput

func (i SourceArgs) ToSourceOutput() SourceOutput

func (SourceArgs) ToSourceOutputWithContext

func (i SourceArgs) ToSourceOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SourceOutput

type SourceArray

type SourceArray []SourceInput

func (SourceArray) ElementType

func (SourceArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SourceArray) ToSourceArrayOutput

func (i SourceArray) ToSourceArrayOutput() SourceArrayOutput

func (SourceArray) ToSourceArrayOutputWithContext

func (i SourceArray) ToSourceArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SourceArrayOutput

type SourceArrayInput

type SourceArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSourceArrayOutput() SourceArrayOutput
	ToSourceArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) SourceArrayOutput
}

SourceArrayInput is an input type that accepts SourceArray and SourceArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `SourceArrayInput` via:

SourceArray{ SourceArgs{...} }

type SourceArrayOutput

type SourceArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SourceArrayOutput) ElementType

func (SourceArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SourceArrayOutput) Index

func (SourceArrayOutput) ToSourceArrayOutput

func (o SourceArrayOutput) ToSourceArrayOutput() SourceArrayOutput

func (SourceArrayOutput) ToSourceArrayOutputWithContext

func (o SourceArrayOutput) ToSourceArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SourceArrayOutput

type SourceInput

type SourceInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSourceOutput() SourceOutput
	ToSourceOutputWithContext(context.Context) SourceOutput
}

SourceInput is an input type that accepts SourceArgs and SourceOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `SourceInput` via:

SourceArgs{...}

type SourceOutput

type SourceOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Specification of traffic source attributes.

func (SourceOutput) ElementType

func (SourceOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SourceOutput) IpBlocks

func (o SourceOutput) IpBlocks() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

Optional. List of CIDR ranges to match based on source IP address. At least one IP block should match. Single IP (e.g., "1.2.3.4") and CIDR (e.g., "1.2.3.0/24") are supported. Authorization based on source IP alone should be avoided. The IP addresses of any load balancers or proxies should be considered untrusted.

func (SourceOutput) Principals

func (o SourceOutput) Principals() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

Optional. List of peer identities to match for authorization. At least one principal should match. Each peer can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example, "namespace/*") or a suffix match (example, "*/service-account") or a presence match "*". Authorization based on the principal name without certificate validation (configured by ServerTlsPolicy resource) is considered insecure.

func (SourceOutput) ToSourceOutput

func (o SourceOutput) ToSourceOutput() SourceOutput

func (SourceOutput) ToSourceOutputWithContext

func (o SourceOutput) ToSourceOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SourceOutput

type SourceResponse

type SourceResponse struct {
	// Optional. List of CIDR ranges to match based on source IP address. At least one IP block should match. Single IP (e.g., "1.2.3.4") and CIDR (e.g., "1.2.3.0/24") are supported. Authorization based on source IP alone should be avoided. The IP addresses of any load balancers or proxies should be considered untrusted.
	IpBlocks []string `pulumi:"ipBlocks"`
	// Optional. List of peer identities to match for authorization. At least one principal should match. Each peer can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example, "namespace/*") or a suffix match (example, "*/service-account") or a presence match "*". Authorization based on the principal name without certificate validation (configured by ServerTlsPolicy resource) is considered insecure.
	Principals []string `pulumi:"principals"`
}

Specification of traffic source attributes.

type SourceResponseArrayOutput

type SourceResponseArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SourceResponseArrayOutput) ElementType

func (SourceResponseArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SourceResponseArrayOutput) Index

func (SourceResponseArrayOutput) ToSourceResponseArrayOutput

func (o SourceResponseArrayOutput) ToSourceResponseArrayOutput() SourceResponseArrayOutput

func (SourceResponseArrayOutput) ToSourceResponseArrayOutputWithContext

func (o SourceResponseArrayOutput) ToSourceResponseArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SourceResponseArrayOutput

type SourceResponseOutput

type SourceResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Specification of traffic source attributes.

func (SourceResponseOutput) ElementType

func (SourceResponseOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SourceResponseOutput) IpBlocks

Optional. List of CIDR ranges to match based on source IP address. At least one IP block should match. Single IP (e.g., "1.2.3.4") and CIDR (e.g., "1.2.3.0/24") are supported. Authorization based on source IP alone should be avoided. The IP addresses of any load balancers or proxies should be considered untrusted.

func (SourceResponseOutput) Principals

Optional. List of peer identities to match for authorization. At least one principal should match. Each peer can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example, "namespace/*") or a suffix match (example, "*/service-account") or a presence match "*". Authorization based on the principal name without certificate validation (configured by ServerTlsPolicy resource) is considered insecure.

func (SourceResponseOutput) ToSourceResponseOutput

func (o SourceResponseOutput) ToSourceResponseOutput() SourceResponseOutput

func (SourceResponseOutput) ToSourceResponseOutputWithContext

func (o SourceResponseOutput) ToSourceResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SourceResponseOutput

type ThreatOverride added in v0.32.0

type ThreatOverride struct {
	// Threat action override. For some threat types, only a subset of actions applies.
	Action ThreatOverrideAction `pulumi:"action"`
	// Vendor-specific ID of a threat to override.
	ThreatId string `pulumi:"threatId"`
}

Defines what action to take for a specific threat_id match.

type ThreatOverrideAction added in v0.32.0

type ThreatOverrideAction string

Required. Threat action override. For some threat types, only a subset of actions applies.

func (ThreatOverrideAction) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (ThreatOverrideAction) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ThreatOverrideAction) ToStringOutput added in v0.32.0

func (e ThreatOverrideAction) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (ThreatOverrideAction) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (e ThreatOverrideAction) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (ThreatOverrideAction) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (e ThreatOverrideAction) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (ThreatOverrideAction) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (e ThreatOverrideAction) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (ThreatOverrideAction) ToThreatOverrideActionOutput added in v0.32.0

func (e ThreatOverrideAction) ToThreatOverrideActionOutput() ThreatOverrideActionOutput

func (ThreatOverrideAction) ToThreatOverrideActionOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (e ThreatOverrideAction) ToThreatOverrideActionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ThreatOverrideActionOutput

func (ThreatOverrideAction) ToThreatOverrideActionPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (e ThreatOverrideAction) ToThreatOverrideActionPtrOutput() ThreatOverrideActionPtrOutput

func (ThreatOverrideAction) ToThreatOverrideActionPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (e ThreatOverrideAction) ToThreatOverrideActionPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ThreatOverrideActionPtrOutput

type ThreatOverrideActionInput added in v0.32.0

type ThreatOverrideActionInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToThreatOverrideActionOutput() ThreatOverrideActionOutput
	ToThreatOverrideActionOutputWithContext(context.Context) ThreatOverrideActionOutput
}

ThreatOverrideActionInput is an input type that accepts ThreatOverrideActionArgs and ThreatOverrideActionOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ThreatOverrideActionInput` via:

ThreatOverrideActionArgs{...}

type ThreatOverrideActionOutput added in v0.32.0

type ThreatOverrideActionOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ThreatOverrideActionOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (ThreatOverrideActionOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ThreatOverrideActionOutput) ToStringOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o ThreatOverrideActionOutput) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (ThreatOverrideActionOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o ThreatOverrideActionOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (ThreatOverrideActionOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o ThreatOverrideActionOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (ThreatOverrideActionOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o ThreatOverrideActionOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (ThreatOverrideActionOutput) ToThreatOverrideActionOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o ThreatOverrideActionOutput) ToThreatOverrideActionOutput() ThreatOverrideActionOutput

func (ThreatOverrideActionOutput) ToThreatOverrideActionOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o ThreatOverrideActionOutput) ToThreatOverrideActionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ThreatOverrideActionOutput

func (ThreatOverrideActionOutput) ToThreatOverrideActionPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o ThreatOverrideActionOutput) ToThreatOverrideActionPtrOutput() ThreatOverrideActionPtrOutput

func (ThreatOverrideActionOutput) ToThreatOverrideActionPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o ThreatOverrideActionOutput) ToThreatOverrideActionPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ThreatOverrideActionPtrOutput

type ThreatOverrideActionPtrInput added in v0.32.0

type ThreatOverrideActionPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToThreatOverrideActionPtrOutput() ThreatOverrideActionPtrOutput
	ToThreatOverrideActionPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) ThreatOverrideActionPtrOutput
}

func ThreatOverrideActionPtr added in v0.32.0

func ThreatOverrideActionPtr(v string) ThreatOverrideActionPtrInput

type ThreatOverrideActionPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

type ThreatOverrideActionPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ThreatOverrideActionPtrOutput) Elem added in v0.32.0

func (ThreatOverrideActionPtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (ThreatOverrideActionPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (ThreatOverrideActionPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o ThreatOverrideActionPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (ThreatOverrideActionPtrOutput) ToThreatOverrideActionPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o ThreatOverrideActionPtrOutput) ToThreatOverrideActionPtrOutput() ThreatOverrideActionPtrOutput

func (ThreatOverrideActionPtrOutput) ToThreatOverrideActionPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o ThreatOverrideActionPtrOutput) ToThreatOverrideActionPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ThreatOverrideActionPtrOutput

type ThreatOverrideArgs added in v0.32.0

type ThreatOverrideArgs struct {
	// Threat action override. For some threat types, only a subset of actions applies.
	Action ThreatOverrideActionInput `pulumi:"action"`
	// Vendor-specific ID of a threat to override.
	ThreatId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"threatId"`
}

Defines what action to take for a specific threat_id match.

func (ThreatOverrideArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (ThreatOverrideArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ThreatOverrideArgs) ToThreatOverrideOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i ThreatOverrideArgs) ToThreatOverrideOutput() ThreatOverrideOutput

func (ThreatOverrideArgs) ToThreatOverrideOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i ThreatOverrideArgs) ToThreatOverrideOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ThreatOverrideOutput

type ThreatOverrideArray added in v0.32.0

type ThreatOverrideArray []ThreatOverrideInput

func (ThreatOverrideArray) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (ThreatOverrideArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ThreatOverrideArray) ToThreatOverrideArrayOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i ThreatOverrideArray) ToThreatOverrideArrayOutput() ThreatOverrideArrayOutput

func (ThreatOverrideArray) ToThreatOverrideArrayOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i ThreatOverrideArray) ToThreatOverrideArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ThreatOverrideArrayOutput

type ThreatOverrideArrayInput added in v0.32.0

type ThreatOverrideArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToThreatOverrideArrayOutput() ThreatOverrideArrayOutput
	ToThreatOverrideArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) ThreatOverrideArrayOutput
}

ThreatOverrideArrayInput is an input type that accepts ThreatOverrideArray and ThreatOverrideArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ThreatOverrideArrayInput` via:

ThreatOverrideArray{ ThreatOverrideArgs{...} }

type ThreatOverrideArrayOutput added in v0.32.0

type ThreatOverrideArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ThreatOverrideArrayOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (ThreatOverrideArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ThreatOverrideArrayOutput) Index added in v0.32.0

func (ThreatOverrideArrayOutput) ToThreatOverrideArrayOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o ThreatOverrideArrayOutput) ToThreatOverrideArrayOutput() ThreatOverrideArrayOutput

func (ThreatOverrideArrayOutput) ToThreatOverrideArrayOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o ThreatOverrideArrayOutput) ToThreatOverrideArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ThreatOverrideArrayOutput

type ThreatOverrideInput added in v0.32.0

type ThreatOverrideInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToThreatOverrideOutput() ThreatOverrideOutput
	ToThreatOverrideOutputWithContext(context.Context) ThreatOverrideOutput
}

ThreatOverrideInput is an input type that accepts ThreatOverrideArgs and ThreatOverrideOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ThreatOverrideInput` via:

ThreatOverrideArgs{...}

type ThreatOverrideOutput added in v0.32.0

type ThreatOverrideOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Defines what action to take for a specific threat_id match.

func (ThreatOverrideOutput) Action added in v0.32.0

Threat action override. For some threat types, only a subset of actions applies.

func (ThreatOverrideOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (ThreatOverrideOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ThreatOverrideOutput) ThreatId added in v0.32.0

Vendor-specific ID of a threat to override.

func (ThreatOverrideOutput) ToThreatOverrideOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o ThreatOverrideOutput) ToThreatOverrideOutput() ThreatOverrideOutput

func (ThreatOverrideOutput) ToThreatOverrideOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o ThreatOverrideOutput) ToThreatOverrideOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ThreatOverrideOutput

type ThreatOverrideResponse added in v0.32.0

type ThreatOverrideResponse struct {
	// Threat action override. For some threat types, only a subset of actions applies.
	Action string `pulumi:"action"`
	// Vendor-specific ID of a threat to override.
	ThreatId string `pulumi:"threatId"`
	// Type of the threat (read only).
	Type string `pulumi:"type"`
}

Defines what action to take for a specific threat_id match.

type ThreatOverrideResponseArrayOutput added in v0.32.0

type ThreatOverrideResponseArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ThreatOverrideResponseArrayOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (ThreatOverrideResponseArrayOutput) Index added in v0.32.0

func (ThreatOverrideResponseArrayOutput) ToThreatOverrideResponseArrayOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o ThreatOverrideResponseArrayOutput) ToThreatOverrideResponseArrayOutput() ThreatOverrideResponseArrayOutput

func (ThreatOverrideResponseArrayOutput) ToThreatOverrideResponseArrayOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o ThreatOverrideResponseArrayOutput) ToThreatOverrideResponseArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ThreatOverrideResponseArrayOutput

type ThreatOverrideResponseOutput added in v0.32.0

type ThreatOverrideResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Defines what action to take for a specific threat_id match.

func (ThreatOverrideResponseOutput) Action added in v0.32.0

Threat action override. For some threat types, only a subset of actions applies.

func (ThreatOverrideResponseOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (ThreatOverrideResponseOutput) ThreatId added in v0.32.0

Vendor-specific ID of a threat to override.

func (ThreatOverrideResponseOutput) ToThreatOverrideResponseOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o ThreatOverrideResponseOutput) ToThreatOverrideResponseOutput() ThreatOverrideResponseOutput

func (ThreatOverrideResponseOutput) ToThreatOverrideResponseOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o ThreatOverrideResponseOutput) ToThreatOverrideResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ThreatOverrideResponseOutput

func (ThreatOverrideResponseOutput) Type added in v0.32.0

Type of the threat (read only).

type ThreatPreventionProfile added in v0.32.0

type ThreatPreventionProfile struct {
	// Optional. Configuration for overriding threats actions by severity match.
	SeverityOverrides []SeverityOverride `pulumi:"severityOverrides"`
	// Optional. Configuration for overriding threats actions by threat_id match. If a threat is matched both by configuration provided in severity_overrides and threat_overrides, the threat_overrides action is applied.
	ThreatOverrides []ThreatOverride `pulumi:"threatOverrides"`
}

ThreatPreventionProfile defines an action for specific threat signatures or severity levels.

type ThreatPreventionProfileArgs added in v0.32.0

type ThreatPreventionProfileArgs struct {
	// Optional. Configuration for overriding threats actions by severity match.
	SeverityOverrides SeverityOverrideArrayInput `pulumi:"severityOverrides"`
	// Optional. Configuration for overriding threats actions by threat_id match. If a threat is matched both by configuration provided in severity_overrides and threat_overrides, the threat_overrides action is applied.
	ThreatOverrides ThreatOverrideArrayInput `pulumi:"threatOverrides"`
}

ThreatPreventionProfile defines an action for specific threat signatures or severity levels.

func (ThreatPreventionProfileArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (ThreatPreventionProfileArgs) ToThreatPreventionProfileOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i ThreatPreventionProfileArgs) ToThreatPreventionProfileOutput() ThreatPreventionProfileOutput

func (ThreatPreventionProfileArgs) ToThreatPreventionProfileOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i ThreatPreventionProfileArgs) ToThreatPreventionProfileOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ThreatPreventionProfileOutput

func (ThreatPreventionProfileArgs) ToThreatPreventionProfilePtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i ThreatPreventionProfileArgs) ToThreatPreventionProfilePtrOutput() ThreatPreventionProfilePtrOutput

func (ThreatPreventionProfileArgs) ToThreatPreventionProfilePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i ThreatPreventionProfileArgs) ToThreatPreventionProfilePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ThreatPreventionProfilePtrOutput

type ThreatPreventionProfileInput added in v0.32.0

type ThreatPreventionProfileInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToThreatPreventionProfileOutput() ThreatPreventionProfileOutput
	ToThreatPreventionProfileOutputWithContext(context.Context) ThreatPreventionProfileOutput
}

ThreatPreventionProfileInput is an input type that accepts ThreatPreventionProfileArgs and ThreatPreventionProfileOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ThreatPreventionProfileInput` via:

ThreatPreventionProfileArgs{...}

type ThreatPreventionProfileOutput added in v0.32.0

type ThreatPreventionProfileOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

ThreatPreventionProfile defines an action for specific threat signatures or severity levels.

func (ThreatPreventionProfileOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (ThreatPreventionProfileOutput) SeverityOverrides added in v0.32.0

Optional. Configuration for overriding threats actions by severity match.

func (ThreatPreventionProfileOutput) ThreatOverrides added in v0.32.0

Optional. Configuration for overriding threats actions by threat_id match. If a threat is matched both by configuration provided in severity_overrides and threat_overrides, the threat_overrides action is applied.

func (ThreatPreventionProfileOutput) ToThreatPreventionProfileOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o ThreatPreventionProfileOutput) ToThreatPreventionProfileOutput() ThreatPreventionProfileOutput

func (ThreatPreventionProfileOutput) ToThreatPreventionProfileOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o ThreatPreventionProfileOutput) ToThreatPreventionProfileOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ThreatPreventionProfileOutput

func (ThreatPreventionProfileOutput) ToThreatPreventionProfilePtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o ThreatPreventionProfileOutput) ToThreatPreventionProfilePtrOutput() ThreatPreventionProfilePtrOutput

func (ThreatPreventionProfileOutput) ToThreatPreventionProfilePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o ThreatPreventionProfileOutput) ToThreatPreventionProfilePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ThreatPreventionProfilePtrOutput

type ThreatPreventionProfilePtrInput added in v0.32.0

type ThreatPreventionProfilePtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToThreatPreventionProfilePtrOutput() ThreatPreventionProfilePtrOutput
	ToThreatPreventionProfilePtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) ThreatPreventionProfilePtrOutput
}

ThreatPreventionProfilePtrInput is an input type that accepts ThreatPreventionProfileArgs, ThreatPreventionProfilePtr and ThreatPreventionProfilePtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ThreatPreventionProfilePtrInput` via:

        ThreatPreventionProfileArgs{...}

or:

        nil

func ThreatPreventionProfilePtr added in v0.32.0

func ThreatPreventionProfilePtr(v *ThreatPreventionProfileArgs) ThreatPreventionProfilePtrInput

type ThreatPreventionProfilePtrOutput added in v0.32.0

type ThreatPreventionProfilePtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ThreatPreventionProfilePtrOutput) Elem added in v0.32.0

func (ThreatPreventionProfilePtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (ThreatPreventionProfilePtrOutput) SeverityOverrides added in v0.32.0

Optional. Configuration for overriding threats actions by severity match.

func (ThreatPreventionProfilePtrOutput) ThreatOverrides added in v0.32.0

Optional. Configuration for overriding threats actions by threat_id match. If a threat is matched both by configuration provided in severity_overrides and threat_overrides, the threat_overrides action is applied.

func (ThreatPreventionProfilePtrOutput) ToThreatPreventionProfilePtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o ThreatPreventionProfilePtrOutput) ToThreatPreventionProfilePtrOutput() ThreatPreventionProfilePtrOutput

func (ThreatPreventionProfilePtrOutput) ToThreatPreventionProfilePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o ThreatPreventionProfilePtrOutput) ToThreatPreventionProfilePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ThreatPreventionProfilePtrOutput

type ThreatPreventionProfileResponse added in v0.32.0

type ThreatPreventionProfileResponse struct {
	// Optional. Configuration for overriding threats actions by severity match.
	SeverityOverrides []SeverityOverrideResponse `pulumi:"severityOverrides"`
	// Optional. Configuration for overriding threats actions by threat_id match. If a threat is matched both by configuration provided in severity_overrides and threat_overrides, the threat_overrides action is applied.
	ThreatOverrides []ThreatOverrideResponse `pulumi:"threatOverrides"`
}

ThreatPreventionProfile defines an action for specific threat signatures or severity levels.

type ThreatPreventionProfileResponseOutput added in v0.32.0

type ThreatPreventionProfileResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

ThreatPreventionProfile defines an action for specific threat signatures or severity levels.

func (ThreatPreventionProfileResponseOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (ThreatPreventionProfileResponseOutput) SeverityOverrides added in v0.32.0

Optional. Configuration for overriding threats actions by severity match.

func (ThreatPreventionProfileResponseOutput) ThreatOverrides added in v0.32.0

Optional. Configuration for overriding threats actions by threat_id match. If a threat is matched both by configuration provided in severity_overrides and threat_overrides, the threat_overrides action is applied.

func (ThreatPreventionProfileResponseOutput) ToThreatPreventionProfileResponseOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o ThreatPreventionProfileResponseOutput) ToThreatPreventionProfileResponseOutput() ThreatPreventionProfileResponseOutput

func (ThreatPreventionProfileResponseOutput) ToThreatPreventionProfileResponseOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o ThreatPreventionProfileResponseOutput) ToThreatPreventionProfileResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ThreatPreventionProfileResponseOutput

type TlsInspectionPolicy added in v0.29.0

type TlsInspectionPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// A CA pool resource used to issue interception certificates. The CA pool string has a relative resource path following the form "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/caPools/{ca_pool}".
	CaPool pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"caPool"`
	// The timestamp when the resource was created.
	CreateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. List of custom TLS cipher suites selected. This field is valid only if the selected tls_feature_profile is CUSTOM. The compute.SslPoliciesService.ListAvailableFeatures method returns the set of features that can be specified in this list. Note that Secure Web Proxy does not yet honor this field.
	CustomTlsFeatures pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"customTlsFeatures"`
	// Optional. Free-text description of the resource.
	Description pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"description"`
	// Optional. If FALSE (the default), use our default set of public CAs in addition to any CAs specified in trust_config. These public CAs are currently based on the Mozilla Root Program and are subject to change over time. If TRUE, do not accept our default set of public CAs. Only CAs specified in trust_config will be accepted. This defaults to FALSE (use public CAs in addition to trust_config) for backwards compatibility, but trusting public root CAs is *not recommended* unless the traffic in question is outbound to public web servers. When possible, prefer setting this to "false" and explicitly specifying trusted CAs and certificates in a TrustConfig. Note that Secure Web Proxy does not yet honor this field.
	ExcludePublicCaSet pulumi.BoolOutput   `pulumi:"excludePublicCaSet"`
	Location           pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"location"`
	// Optional. Minimum TLS version that the firewall should use when negotiating connections with both clients and servers. If this is not set, then the default value is to allow the broadest set of clients and servers (TLS 1.0 or higher). Setting this to more restrictive values may improve security, but may also prevent the firewall from connecting to some clients or servers. Note that Secure Web Proxy does not yet honor this field.
	MinTlsVersion pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"minTlsVersion"`
	// Name of the resource. Name is of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tlsInspectionPolicies/{tls_inspection_policy} tls_inspection_policy should match the pattern:(^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$).
	Name    pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Optional. The selected Profile. If this is not set, then the default value is to allow the broadest set of clients and servers ("PROFILE_COMPATIBLE"). Setting this to more restrictive values may improve security, but may also prevent the TLS inspection proxy from connecting to some clients or servers. Note that Secure Web Proxy does not yet honor this field.
	TlsFeatureProfile pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"tlsFeatureProfile"`
	// Required. Short name of the TlsInspectionPolicy resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. "tls_inspection_policy1".
	TlsInspectionPolicyId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"tlsInspectionPolicyId"`
	// Optional. A TrustConfig resource used when making a connection to the TLS server. This is a relative resource path following the form "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/trustConfigs/{trust_config}". This is necessary to intercept TLS connections to servers with certificates signed by a private CA or self-signed certificates. Note that Secure Web Proxy does not yet honor this field.
	TrustConfig pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"trustConfig"`
	// The timestamp when the resource was updated.
	UpdateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

Creates a new TlsInspectionPolicy in a given project and location.

func GetTlsInspectionPolicy added in v0.29.0

func GetTlsInspectionPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *TlsInspectionPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*TlsInspectionPolicy, error)

GetTlsInspectionPolicy gets an existing TlsInspectionPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewTlsInspectionPolicy added in v0.29.0

func NewTlsInspectionPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *TlsInspectionPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*TlsInspectionPolicy, error)

NewTlsInspectionPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*TlsInspectionPolicy) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (*TlsInspectionPolicy) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*TlsInspectionPolicy) ToTlsInspectionPolicyOutput added in v0.29.0

func (i *TlsInspectionPolicy) ToTlsInspectionPolicyOutput() TlsInspectionPolicyOutput

func (*TlsInspectionPolicy) ToTlsInspectionPolicyOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (i *TlsInspectionPolicy) ToTlsInspectionPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TlsInspectionPolicyOutput

type TlsInspectionPolicyArgs added in v0.29.0

type TlsInspectionPolicyArgs struct {
	// A CA pool resource used to issue interception certificates. The CA pool string has a relative resource path following the form "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/caPools/{ca_pool}".
	CaPool pulumi.StringInput
	// Optional. List of custom TLS cipher suites selected. This field is valid only if the selected tls_feature_profile is CUSTOM. The compute.SslPoliciesService.ListAvailableFeatures method returns the set of features that can be specified in this list. Note that Secure Web Proxy does not yet honor this field.
	CustomTlsFeatures pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// Optional. Free-text description of the resource.
	Description pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. If FALSE (the default), use our default set of public CAs in addition to any CAs specified in trust_config. These public CAs are currently based on the Mozilla Root Program and are subject to change over time. If TRUE, do not accept our default set of public CAs. Only CAs specified in trust_config will be accepted. This defaults to FALSE (use public CAs in addition to trust_config) for backwards compatibility, but trusting public root CAs is *not recommended* unless the traffic in question is outbound to public web servers. When possible, prefer setting this to "false" and explicitly specifying trusted CAs and certificates in a TrustConfig. Note that Secure Web Proxy does not yet honor this field.
	ExcludePublicCaSet pulumi.BoolPtrInput
	Location           pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. Minimum TLS version that the firewall should use when negotiating connections with both clients and servers. If this is not set, then the default value is to allow the broadest set of clients and servers (TLS 1.0 or higher). Setting this to more restrictive values may improve security, but may also prevent the firewall from connecting to some clients or servers. Note that Secure Web Proxy does not yet honor this field.
	MinTlsVersion TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionPtrInput
	// Name of the resource. Name is of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tlsInspectionPolicies/{tls_inspection_policy} tls_inspection_policy should match the pattern:(^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$).
	Name    pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. The selected Profile. If this is not set, then the default value is to allow the broadest set of clients and servers ("PROFILE_COMPATIBLE"). Setting this to more restrictive values may improve security, but may also prevent the TLS inspection proxy from connecting to some clients or servers. Note that Secure Web Proxy does not yet honor this field.
	TlsFeatureProfile TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfilePtrInput
	// Required. Short name of the TlsInspectionPolicy resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. "tls_inspection_policy1".
	TlsInspectionPolicyId pulumi.StringInput
	// Optional. A TrustConfig resource used when making a connection to the TLS server. This is a relative resource path following the form "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/trustConfigs/{trust_config}". This is necessary to intercept TLS connections to servers with certificates signed by a private CA or self-signed certificates. Note that Secure Web Proxy does not yet honor this field.
	TrustConfig pulumi.StringPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a TlsInspectionPolicy resource.

func (TlsInspectionPolicyArgs) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (TlsInspectionPolicyArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type TlsInspectionPolicyInput added in v0.29.0

type TlsInspectionPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToTlsInspectionPolicyOutput() TlsInspectionPolicyOutput
	ToTlsInspectionPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TlsInspectionPolicyOutput
}

type TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersion added in v0.32.0

type TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersion string

Optional. Minimum TLS version that the firewall should use when negotiating connections with both clients and servers. If this is not set, then the default value is to allow the broadest set of clients and servers (TLS 1.0 or higher). Setting this to more restrictive values may improve security, but may also prevent the firewall from connecting to some clients or servers. Note that Secure Web Proxy does not yet honor this field.

func (TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersion) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersion) ToStringOutput added in v0.32.0

func (TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersion) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (e TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersion) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersion) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersion) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (e TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersion) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersion) ToTlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionOutput added in v0.32.0

func (e TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersion) ToTlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionOutput() TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionOutput

func (TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersion) ToTlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (e TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersion) ToTlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionOutput

func (TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersion) ToTlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (e TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersion) ToTlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionPtrOutput() TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionPtrOutput

func (TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersion) ToTlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (e TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersion) ToTlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionPtrOutput

type TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionInput added in v0.32.0

type TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToTlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionOutput() TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionOutput
	ToTlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionOutputWithContext(context.Context) TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionOutput
}

TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionInput is an input type that accepts TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionArgs and TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionInput` via:

TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionArgs{...}

type TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionOutput added in v0.32.0

type TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionOutput) ToStringOutput added in v0.32.0

func (TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionOutput) ToTlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionOutput) ToTlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionOutput() TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionOutput

func (TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionOutput) ToTlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionOutput) ToTlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionOutput

func (TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionOutput) ToTlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionOutput) ToTlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionPtrOutput() TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionPtrOutput

func (TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionOutput) ToTlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionOutput) ToTlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionPtrOutput

type TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionPtrInput added in v0.32.0

type TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToTlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionPtrOutput() TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionPtrOutput
	ToTlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionPtrOutput
}

func TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionPtr added in v0.32.0

func TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionPtr(v string) TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionPtrInput

type TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

type TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionPtrOutput) Elem added in v0.32.0

func (TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionPtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionPtrOutput) ToTlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionPtrOutput) ToTlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionPtrOutput() TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionPtrOutput

func (TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionPtrOutput) ToTlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionPtrOutput) ToTlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TlsInspectionPolicyMinTlsVersionPtrOutput

type TlsInspectionPolicyOutput added in v0.29.0

type TlsInspectionPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (TlsInspectionPolicyOutput) CaPool added in v0.29.0

A CA pool resource used to issue interception certificates. The CA pool string has a relative resource path following the form "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/caPools/{ca_pool}".

func (TlsInspectionPolicyOutput) CreateTime added in v0.29.0

The timestamp when the resource was created.

func (TlsInspectionPolicyOutput) CustomTlsFeatures added in v0.32.0

func (o TlsInspectionPolicyOutput) CustomTlsFeatures() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

Optional. List of custom TLS cipher suites selected. This field is valid only if the selected tls_feature_profile is CUSTOM. The compute.SslPoliciesService.ListAvailableFeatures method returns the set of features that can be specified in this list. Note that Secure Web Proxy does not yet honor this field.

func (TlsInspectionPolicyOutput) Description added in v0.29.0

Optional. Free-text description of the resource.

func (TlsInspectionPolicyOutput) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (TlsInspectionPolicyOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (TlsInspectionPolicyOutput) ExcludePublicCaSet added in v0.32.0

func (o TlsInspectionPolicyOutput) ExcludePublicCaSet() pulumi.BoolOutput

Optional. If FALSE (the default), use our default set of public CAs in addition to any CAs specified in trust_config. These public CAs are currently based on the Mozilla Root Program and are subject to change over time. If TRUE, do not accept our default set of public CAs. Only CAs specified in trust_config will be accepted. This defaults to FALSE (use public CAs in addition to trust_config) for backwards compatibility, but trusting public root CAs is *not recommended* unless the traffic in question is outbound to public web servers. When possible, prefer setting this to "false" and explicitly specifying trusted CAs and certificates in a TrustConfig. Note that Secure Web Proxy does not yet honor this field.

func (TlsInspectionPolicyOutput) Location added in v0.29.0

func (TlsInspectionPolicyOutput) MinTlsVersion added in v0.32.0

func (o TlsInspectionPolicyOutput) MinTlsVersion() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. Minimum TLS version that the firewall should use when negotiating connections with both clients and servers. If this is not set, then the default value is to allow the broadest set of clients and servers (TLS 1.0 or higher). Setting this to more restrictive values may improve security, but may also prevent the firewall from connecting to some clients or servers. Note that Secure Web Proxy does not yet honor this field.

func (TlsInspectionPolicyOutput) Name added in v0.29.0

Name of the resource. Name is of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tlsInspectionPolicies/{tls_inspection_policy} tls_inspection_policy should match the pattern:(^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$).

func (TlsInspectionPolicyOutput) Project added in v0.29.0

func (TlsInspectionPolicyOutput) TlsFeatureProfile added in v0.32.0

func (o TlsInspectionPolicyOutput) TlsFeatureProfile() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. The selected Profile. If this is not set, then the default value is to allow the broadest set of clients and servers ("PROFILE_COMPATIBLE"). Setting this to more restrictive values may improve security, but may also prevent the TLS inspection proxy from connecting to some clients or servers. Note that Secure Web Proxy does not yet honor this field.

func (TlsInspectionPolicyOutput) TlsInspectionPolicyId added in v0.29.0

func (o TlsInspectionPolicyOutput) TlsInspectionPolicyId() pulumi.StringOutput

Required. Short name of the TlsInspectionPolicy resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. "tls_inspection_policy1".

func (TlsInspectionPolicyOutput) ToTlsInspectionPolicyOutput added in v0.29.0

func (o TlsInspectionPolicyOutput) ToTlsInspectionPolicyOutput() TlsInspectionPolicyOutput

func (TlsInspectionPolicyOutput) ToTlsInspectionPolicyOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (o TlsInspectionPolicyOutput) ToTlsInspectionPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TlsInspectionPolicyOutput

func (TlsInspectionPolicyOutput) TrustConfig added in v0.32.0

Optional. A TrustConfig resource used when making a connection to the TLS server. This is a relative resource path following the form "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/trustConfigs/{trust_config}". This is necessary to intercept TLS connections to servers with certificates signed by a private CA or self-signed certificates. Note that Secure Web Proxy does not yet honor this field.

func (TlsInspectionPolicyOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.29.0

The timestamp when the resource was updated.

type TlsInspectionPolicyState added in v0.29.0

type TlsInspectionPolicyState struct {
}

func (TlsInspectionPolicyState) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (TlsInspectionPolicyState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfile added in v0.32.0

type TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfile string

Optional. The selected Profile. If this is not set, then the default value is to allow the broadest set of clients and servers ("PROFILE_COMPATIBLE"). Setting this to more restrictive values may improve security, but may also prevent the TLS inspection proxy from connecting to some clients or servers. Note that Secure Web Proxy does not yet honor this field.

func (TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfile) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfile) ToStringOutput added in v0.32.0

func (TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfile) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (e TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfile) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfile) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfile) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (e TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfile) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfile) ToTlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileOutput added in v0.32.0

func (e TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfile) ToTlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileOutput() TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileOutput

func (TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfile) ToTlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (e TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfile) ToTlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileOutput

func (TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfile) ToTlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfilePtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (e TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfile) ToTlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfilePtrOutput() TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfilePtrOutput

func (TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfile) ToTlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfilePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (e TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfile) ToTlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfilePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfilePtrOutput

type TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileInput added in v0.32.0

type TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToTlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileOutput() TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileOutput
	ToTlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileOutputWithContext(context.Context) TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileOutput
}

TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileInput is an input type that accepts TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileArgs and TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileInput` via:

TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileArgs{...}

type TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileOutput added in v0.32.0

type TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileOutput) ToStringOutput added in v0.32.0

func (TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileOutput) ToTlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileOutput) ToTlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileOutput() TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileOutput

func (TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileOutput) ToTlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileOutput) ToTlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileOutput

func (TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileOutput) ToTlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfilePtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileOutput) ToTlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfilePtrOutput() TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfilePtrOutput

func (TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileOutput) ToTlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfilePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfileOutput) ToTlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfilePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfilePtrOutput

type TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfilePtrInput added in v0.32.0

type TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfilePtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToTlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfilePtrOutput() TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfilePtrOutput
	ToTlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfilePtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfilePtrOutput
}

func TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfilePtr added in v0.32.0

func TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfilePtr(v string) TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfilePtrInput

type TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfilePtrOutput added in v0.32.0

type TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfilePtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfilePtrOutput) Elem added in v0.32.0

func (TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfilePtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfilePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfilePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfilePtrOutput) ToTlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfilePtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfilePtrOutput) ToTlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfilePtrOutput() TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfilePtrOutput

func (TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfilePtrOutput) ToTlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfilePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfilePtrOutput) ToTlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfilePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TlsInspectionPolicyTlsFeatureProfilePtrOutput

type UrlList added in v0.29.0

type UrlList struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Time when the security policy was created.
	CreateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. Free-text description of the resource.
	Description pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"description"`
	Location    pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"location"`
	// Name of the resource provided by the user. Name is of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/urlLists/{url_list} url_list should match the pattern:(^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$).
	Name    pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Time when the security policy was updated.
	UpdateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"updateTime"`
	// Required. Short name of the UrlList resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. "url_list".
	UrlListId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"urlListId"`
	// FQDNs and URLs.
	Values pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"values"`
}

Creates a new UrlList in a given project and location.

func GetUrlList added in v0.29.0

func GetUrlList(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *UrlListState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*UrlList, error)

GetUrlList gets an existing UrlList resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewUrlList added in v0.29.0

func NewUrlList(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *UrlListArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*UrlList, error)

NewUrlList registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*UrlList) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (*UrlList) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*UrlList) ToUrlListOutput added in v0.29.0

func (i *UrlList) ToUrlListOutput() UrlListOutput

func (*UrlList) ToUrlListOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (i *UrlList) ToUrlListOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) UrlListOutput

type UrlListArgs added in v0.29.0

type UrlListArgs struct {
	// Optional. Free-text description of the resource.
	Description pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Location    pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Name of the resource provided by the user. Name is of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/urlLists/{url_list} url_list should match the pattern:(^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$).
	Name    pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Required. Short name of the UrlList resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. "url_list".
	UrlListId pulumi.StringInput
	// FQDNs and URLs.
	Values pulumi.StringArrayInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a UrlList resource.

func (UrlListArgs) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (UrlListArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type UrlListInput added in v0.29.0

type UrlListInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToUrlListOutput() UrlListOutput
	ToUrlListOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) UrlListOutput
}

type UrlListOutput added in v0.29.0

type UrlListOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (UrlListOutput) CreateTime added in v0.29.0

func (o UrlListOutput) CreateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

Time when the security policy was created.

func (UrlListOutput) Description added in v0.29.0

func (o UrlListOutput) Description() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. Free-text description of the resource.

func (UrlListOutput) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (UrlListOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (UrlListOutput) Location added in v0.29.0

func (o UrlListOutput) Location() pulumi.StringOutput

func (UrlListOutput) Name added in v0.29.0

Name of the resource provided by the user. Name is of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/urlLists/{url_list} url_list should match the pattern:(^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$).

func (UrlListOutput) Project added in v0.29.0

func (o UrlListOutput) Project() pulumi.StringOutput

func (UrlListOutput) ToUrlListOutput added in v0.29.0

func (o UrlListOutput) ToUrlListOutput() UrlListOutput

func (UrlListOutput) ToUrlListOutputWithContext added in v0.29.0

func (o UrlListOutput) ToUrlListOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) UrlListOutput

func (UrlListOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.29.0

func (o UrlListOutput) UpdateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

Time when the security policy was updated.

func (UrlListOutput) UrlListId added in v0.29.0

func (o UrlListOutput) UrlListId() pulumi.StringOutput

Required. Short name of the UrlList resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. "url_list".

func (UrlListOutput) Values added in v0.29.0

FQDNs and URLs.

type UrlListState added in v0.29.0

type UrlListState struct {
}

func (UrlListState) ElementType added in v0.29.0

func (UrlListState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ValidationCA

type ValidationCA struct {
	// The certificate provider instance specification that will be passed to the data plane, which will be used to load necessary credential information.
	CertificateProviderInstance *CertificateProviderInstance `pulumi:"certificateProviderInstance"`
	// gRPC specific configuration to access the gRPC server to obtain the CA certificate.
	GrpcEndpoint *GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpoint `pulumi:"grpcEndpoint"`
}

Specification of ValidationCA. Defines the mechanism to obtain the Certificate Authority certificate to validate the peer certificate.

type ValidationCAArgs

type ValidationCAArgs struct {
	// The certificate provider instance specification that will be passed to the data plane, which will be used to load necessary credential information.
	CertificateProviderInstance CertificateProviderInstancePtrInput `pulumi:"certificateProviderInstance"`
	// gRPC specific configuration to access the gRPC server to obtain the CA certificate.
	GrpcEndpoint GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointPtrInput `pulumi:"grpcEndpoint"`
}

Specification of ValidationCA. Defines the mechanism to obtain the Certificate Authority certificate to validate the peer certificate.

func (ValidationCAArgs) ElementType

func (ValidationCAArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ValidationCAArgs) ToValidationCAOutput

func (i ValidationCAArgs) ToValidationCAOutput() ValidationCAOutput

func (ValidationCAArgs) ToValidationCAOutputWithContext

func (i ValidationCAArgs) ToValidationCAOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ValidationCAOutput

type ValidationCAArray

type ValidationCAArray []ValidationCAInput

func (ValidationCAArray) ElementType

func (ValidationCAArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ValidationCAArray) ToValidationCAArrayOutput

func (i ValidationCAArray) ToValidationCAArrayOutput() ValidationCAArrayOutput

func (ValidationCAArray) ToValidationCAArrayOutputWithContext

func (i ValidationCAArray) ToValidationCAArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ValidationCAArrayOutput

type ValidationCAArrayInput

type ValidationCAArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToValidationCAArrayOutput() ValidationCAArrayOutput
	ToValidationCAArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) ValidationCAArrayOutput
}

ValidationCAArrayInput is an input type that accepts ValidationCAArray and ValidationCAArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ValidationCAArrayInput` via:

ValidationCAArray{ ValidationCAArgs{...} }

type ValidationCAArrayOutput

type ValidationCAArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ValidationCAArrayOutput) ElementType

func (ValidationCAArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ValidationCAArrayOutput) Index

func (ValidationCAArrayOutput) ToValidationCAArrayOutput

func (o ValidationCAArrayOutput) ToValidationCAArrayOutput() ValidationCAArrayOutput

func (ValidationCAArrayOutput) ToValidationCAArrayOutputWithContext

func (o ValidationCAArrayOutput) ToValidationCAArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ValidationCAArrayOutput

type ValidationCAInput

type ValidationCAInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToValidationCAOutput() ValidationCAOutput
	ToValidationCAOutputWithContext(context.Context) ValidationCAOutput
}

ValidationCAInput is an input type that accepts ValidationCAArgs and ValidationCAOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ValidationCAInput` via:

ValidationCAArgs{...}

type ValidationCAOutput

type ValidationCAOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Specification of ValidationCA. Defines the mechanism to obtain the Certificate Authority certificate to validate the peer certificate.

func (ValidationCAOutput) CertificateProviderInstance

func (o ValidationCAOutput) CertificateProviderInstance() CertificateProviderInstancePtrOutput

The certificate provider instance specification that will be passed to the data plane, which will be used to load necessary credential information.

func (ValidationCAOutput) ElementType

func (ValidationCAOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ValidationCAOutput) GrpcEndpoint

gRPC specific configuration to access the gRPC server to obtain the CA certificate.

func (ValidationCAOutput) ToValidationCAOutput

func (o ValidationCAOutput) ToValidationCAOutput() ValidationCAOutput

func (ValidationCAOutput) ToValidationCAOutputWithContext

func (o ValidationCAOutput) ToValidationCAOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ValidationCAOutput

type ValidationCAResponse

type ValidationCAResponse struct {
	// The certificate provider instance specification that will be passed to the data plane, which will be used to load necessary credential information.
	CertificateProviderInstance CertificateProviderInstanceResponse `pulumi:"certificateProviderInstance"`
	// gRPC specific configuration to access the gRPC server to obtain the CA certificate.
	GrpcEndpoint GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpointResponse `pulumi:"grpcEndpoint"`
}

Specification of ValidationCA. Defines the mechanism to obtain the Certificate Authority certificate to validate the peer certificate.

type ValidationCAResponseArrayOutput

type ValidationCAResponseArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ValidationCAResponseArrayOutput) ElementType

func (ValidationCAResponseArrayOutput) Index

func (ValidationCAResponseArrayOutput) ToValidationCAResponseArrayOutput

func (o ValidationCAResponseArrayOutput) ToValidationCAResponseArrayOutput() ValidationCAResponseArrayOutput

func (ValidationCAResponseArrayOutput) ToValidationCAResponseArrayOutputWithContext

func (o ValidationCAResponseArrayOutput) ToValidationCAResponseArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ValidationCAResponseArrayOutput

type ValidationCAResponseOutput

type ValidationCAResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Specification of ValidationCA. Defines the mechanism to obtain the Certificate Authority certificate to validate the peer certificate.

func (ValidationCAResponseOutput) CertificateProviderInstance

The certificate provider instance specification that will be passed to the data plane, which will be used to load necessary credential information.

func (ValidationCAResponseOutput) ElementType

func (ValidationCAResponseOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ValidationCAResponseOutput) GrpcEndpoint

gRPC specific configuration to access the gRPC server to obtain the CA certificate.

func (ValidationCAResponseOutput) ToValidationCAResponseOutput

func (o ValidationCAResponseOutput) ToValidationCAResponseOutput() ValidationCAResponseOutput

func (ValidationCAResponseOutput) ToValidationCAResponseOutputWithContext

func (o ValidationCAResponseOutput) ToValidationCAResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ValidationCAResponseOutput

Jump to

Keyboard shortcuts

? : This menu
/ : Search site
f or F : Jump to
y or Y : Canonical URL